Afm Atr 42 - RN 29 - Jun 10

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 338

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 -- 01

P1 082 TQ
AFM L. T. R. EASA
APPROVED NOV 11

LIST OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

No EDITION INSERTION
DESTROYED NAME OR REMARKS
TR DATE DATE

AT REV 21
01 SEP 06 TR 42 EASA
DATED AUG 07

AT REV 25
02 NOV 10 TR 44 EASA
DATED NOV 11

AT REV 25
03 10FEB11 DEL 3952 MSN 463
DATED NOV 11

AT REV 25
04 APR 11 TR 45 EASA
DATED NOV 11
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 – 02
PAGE : 1 001
AFM R.T.R. DGAC MAY 92
APPROVED

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

OCT 89 Introduction of modification 1742 2.04 – 3.04


Limitations – Power plant – 2.04
Limitations updating
Reduced flaps landing procedure : 5.04 – 7.02
add landing distance coefficient
Procedure following failure : 5.02
Modification of the procedure EEC FAULT
Graph add 6.05
JAN 90 Flight with pitch elevators disconnected 5.04 – 7.02
Modification of the procedure following failure
JUN 90 Introduction of the Modification 1603 4.04
JAN 91 Introduction of modification 2803 4.03
MAY 91 Mod 2735, additional data 2.04 – 6.02
Introduction of modification 2595 2.02 – 3.00 – 3.06
Change of modification number 4.00 – 4.03 – 7.00
concerning mod 2059 7.02
JUL 91 Mod 2813 + 3156 + 3074 2.00 – 2.05 – 5.02
Introduction of TCAS 5.04 – 7.00 – 7.01
7.02
Mod 2464 : wording improvement 2.03
Addition of landing distances associated to 5.04
increased speeds and introduction of Mod 1742
(Engine anti–icing instead of Engine de–icing)
Minor change (wording)
SEP 91 Following DGAC request 2.01
OCT 91 Procedures following DGAC A.D. 4.03
15 Oct 91 Introduction of modification 3168 5.04
15 Dec 91 TCAS procedure improvement 2.05 – 7.01
MAR 92 Change of TCAS modification number 1.02 – 2.00 – 2.05
5.02 – 5.04 – 7.00
7.01 – 7.02
0 -- 02 DEC 92
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MAR 93
PAGE : 2 001 JUL 93
AFM R.T.R. DGAC OCT 93
APPROVED MAR 95 DEC 93
FEB 94
APR 94
NOV 94
DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISION CHAP INVOLVED JAN 95
24 JAN 95
MAR 95
NOV 92 Introduction of models 211--212 2.00 -- 2.01
2.02 -- 2.03
2.04 -- 2.05 -- 3.02
3.03 -- 3.04 -- 3.06
4.03 -- 5.02 -- 5.04
6.01 -- 6.02 -- 6.03
6.04 -- 6.05 -- 6.06
7.01 -- 7.02
DEC 92 Introduction of Mod 3560 2.04 -- 6.03
(PW127 with propeller 14 SFL--11) 6.04 -- 6.05
6.06 -- 7.01
MAR 93 Introduction of Mod 3644 7.00
(dry unpaved runways)
Introduction of Mod 3651 2.02 -- 7.01
(MTOW increase)
JUL 93 PW 127 Power Plant : Introduction of 2.04
temporary limitation
OCT 93 Introduction of Mod 3792 (steep slope approach) 7.00 -- 7.01
associated to Mod 3793 (GPWS MK VII)
DEC 93 Introduction of Mod 3849 (MZ FW increase) 2.02
Single DC GEN electrical limitation 2.05
Acceptable fuels 2.04
FEB 94 Changes in validity of mods 3651 + 3849 2.02 -- 7.01
(Design weights)
APR 94 Use of grass runways (Mod 3644) 7.02
Introduction of Mod 3952 2.00 -- 2.05
(GPS B / K KLN 90 A)
NOV 94 Enforcement of AD no T 94--245 R1 2.05
JAN 95 Cancellation of AD no T 94--245 R1 and 2.00 -- 2.05 -- 3.04
Enforcement of AD no T 95 008 025 2.06 -- 4.00 -- 4.05
5.00 -- 5.04
24 JAN 95 Change in the limitations chapter, about icing 2.06
conditions
FEB 95 -- Introduction of Mods 4111 and 4230 3.03 -- 3.04 -- 3.05
(Deletion of CONT RELIGHT and addition of 4.02 -- 4.05 -- 5.02
MAN IGN for aircraft fitted with automatic 7.02
relight)
-- Introduction of Mod 4116 (Relocation of 4.04
hydraulic green pump control circuit--breaker)
R MAR 95 Improvement of Mod 3952 (GPS Bendix/King 2.05
KLN 90A)
0 -- 02
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FEB 99
PAGE : 3 001
AFM R.T.R. DGAC
APPROVED FEB 99

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

MAY 95 Introduction of ETOPS 1.02 -- 7.00 -- 7.02

JUN 95 Improvement of procedures 2.01 -- 2.06 -- 3.04


4.05

JUL 95 Introduction of Mod 4384 (Flight envelope 2.03 -- 2.05


change)

SEP 95 Introduction of Mod 3973 1.02 -- 3.02 -- 3.03


(Propeller electronic regulation for PW127) 3.04 -- 4.05 -- 5.00
5.02 -- 5.04 -- 7.01
7.02

15 SEP 95 Introduction of Operations on Narrow runways 7.02


Mod 4406

DEC 95 Introduction of Mod 8125 2.05 -- 5.02 -- 5.04


(Propeller brake removal)

FEB 96 Introduction of Mod 4371 3.02 -- 3.03 -- 3.04


(Propeller electronic regulation for PW124) 4.05 -- 5.00 -- 5.02
5.04 -- 7.01 -- 7.02

DEC 96 Introduction of Mod 4710 (RUNWAY SLOPE 7.01


beyond 2%)

DEC 97 Improvement of Missed Approach procedure 3.05


Introduction of Mod 4885 and introduction of 2.05
BRNAV capacity for GNSS HT 1000

APR 98 Introduction of Mod 4890 : 2.05


GPS KLN90B/BRNAV

JUN 98 Smoke procedures improvement (cargo version 4.03


mod 2595)
PEC FAULT procedure improvement 5.04

NOV 98 Introduction of Mod 5022 : new version of GPS 2.05


KLN90B/BRNAV

R FEB 99 Severe Icing: improvement of detection and 2.06 -- 3.04 -- 4.05


procedures
0 -- 02
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 4 001
AFM R.T.R. EASA
APPROVED NOV 11

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

MAR 01 Introduction of Mod 8259 : 2.05 -- 7.01


TCAS Collins on King avionics

FEB 03 Introduction of modifications 5377+5434 : 7.01


Cockpit Door Locking System
for Models 102--202--212

OCT 03 Introduction of modifications 5377+8333 : 7.01


Cockpit Door Locking System
for Models 101--201--211
and amendment of Cockpit Door Jammed
procedure for all models

MAR06 Introduction of modification 5561 : 5.04 -- 6.05


Messier--Bugatti Wheels and Brakes

SEP 06 FUEL Feeding Limitations Harmonization 2.04


EMER DESCENT procedure amendment 4.05
ONE EEC OFF procedure harmonization 5.02

NOV 07 RNAV Mono and Dual GNSS 2.05


with Modification 5768

NOV 10 Noise ICAO annex 16 chapter 4 certification 201 & 70101


and introduction of modification 6156 : cold soak 203

APR 11 New emergency procedure:


UNRELIEABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION 405
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-04 page 1-082

ATR L.E.T.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of EffectiveTemporary Pages

You must hold in your manual the following pages


Issue P CH SE Page Seq Date Label Modification expression
Validity expression

REV25 0 01 001 082 NOV 11 L.T.R. TQ


ALL
REV25 0 02 001 001 MAY 92 R.T.R.
ALL
REV25 0 02 002 001 MAR 95 R.T.R.
ALL
REV25 0 02 003 001 FEB 99 R.T.R.
ALL
REV25 0 02 004 001 NOV 11 R.T.R.
ALL
REV25 0 04 001 082 NOV 11 L.E.T.P. TQ
ALL

End TQ
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 -- 05
PAGE : 5 001
AFM L.N.R. EASA
APPROVED NOV 11

LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS

N0 INSERTED EASA APPROVED


REV DATE

19 JUL 05 EASA A.A. 01029

20 JUL 06 EASA A.A. 01205

21 AUG 07 EASA A.A. 01555

22 JUL 08 EASA A.A. 01842

23 SEP 09 10000663

24 SEP 10 10032106

25 NOV 11 10038400
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
0 – 06
PAGE : 1 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC FEB 91
APPROVED

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

DEC 89 Cancellation of the temporary revision


of Oct 89

Introduction of modification 2495 2.04

Introduction of modification 2464 2.03

Introduction of auxiliary aft cargo 4.03


smoke procedure (Mod : 2059)

Introduction of the forward cargo 4.03


smoke procedure (Mod : 1861)

Modification of the “pitch disconnect” 5.04 – 7.02


procedure

MAY 90 Introduction of mod 2456 2.05

Landing flaps 00 : modification of landing 5.04 – 7.02


distance correction coefficient

Modification of the OXYGEN LO PR procedure 5.04

Flight in icing conditions. Effect on approach 6.06


climb gradient weight. Graph modification.

Introduction of the brake energy limitation for 7.02


dispatch flaps 00

Introduction of the dispatch with one AFU


inoperative 7.02

Introduction of the dispatch with ATPCS OFF 7.02

Introduction of the supplement “Ferry flight with


pitch elevators disconnected” 7.02

FEB 91 Environmental correct extension (T/O and


landing) 2.03

Explanations or figures improved 4.03 – 7.01 – 6.02


2.04 – 1.02 – 2.02
6.03 – 5.02
0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 2 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC
APPROVED MAY 92

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

FEB 91 Procedure changes 2.04 – 2.05


Introduction of modification 2735 2.04 – 6.03 – 6.04
6.06

Non valid pages (delivery error) 5.04

Non valid page to be deleted 3.03


(All planes embody modif 2403).

Yellow page changes to white (mod 1603) 4.04

CDL improvement (Jacking point covers) 7.01

Introduction of modif 2803 4.03

AUG 91 Yellow pages to be turned white 1.02 – 2.00 – 2.02


(from temporary revision N0 5, MAY 91 2.03 – 2.04 – 0.05
and N0 6, JUL91) 3.00 – 3.06 – 4.00
4.03 – 5.02 – 5.04
6.02 – 7.00 – 7.01
7.02

Procedure improvement 4.03 – 4.05 – 5.02


7.02 – 5.04

Lay out and wording 1.02 – 2.01 – 2.05


5.04 – 6.02 – 5.02
6.03 – 6.06 – 4.04
5.04 – 7.00

MAY 92 Introduction of mod 8044 2.03 – 6.03


(tail wind limit up to 15 kt)

Remodelling of title pages 2.00 – 2.05 – 3.00


3.06 – 4.00 – 4.03
6.00 – 7.00 – 7.01
7.02

Procedure improvement 2.04 – 3.02 – 3.05


4.03 – 5.02 – 5.03
5.04 – 7.01 – 7.02

Graphes improvement 2.02 – 6.01 – 6.02


6.03 – 6.04 – 6.05
6.06 – 7.01 – 7.02
0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 3 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC
APPROVED
FEB 94

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

MAY 92 Yellow pages to be turned to white 2.01 – 2.05 – 4.03


5.02 – 5.04– 7.01
7.02
Lay out and wording 1.02 – 5.04 – 6.01
6.03 – 7.02
Pages to be deleted 1.02 – 2.00 – 2.04
2.05 – 3.00 – 4.00
7.00

APR 93 Yellow pages to be turned to white 2.00 – 2.01 – 2.02


2.03 – 2.04 – 2.05
3.02 – 3.03 – 3.04
3.06 – 4.03 – 5.02
5.04 – 6.01 – 6.02
6.03 – 6.04 – 6.05
6.06 – 7.01 – 7.02
Pages to be deleted 2.03
Modification of TCAS number 2.00 – 2.05 – 5.02
5.04 – 7.00 – 7.01
7.02
Procedure improvement 2.04 – 3.04 – 3.05
4.05 – 5.02 – 5.03
5.04 – 7.01 – 7.02
Wording and lay out improvement 1.02 – 2.01 – 2.04
6.01 – 6.02 – 6.03
6.05 – 6.06 – 7.01

FEB 94 Yellow pages to be turned to white 2.02 – 2.04 – 2.05


7.00 – 7.01 – 7.02
Pages to be deleted 2.04 – 6.01
247F propeller retrofit 2.04 – 6.03 – 6.04
6.05 – 6.06 – 7.01
Procedure improvement 2.04 –3.04 – 3.07
5.02 – 5.04 – 6.05
7.02
Wording and lay out improvement 1.02 – 2.00 – 2.06
3.04 – 5.01 – 5.04
6.00 – 6.03 – 6.04
7.00 – 7.01 – 7.02
Graph improvement 6.03 – 6.05 – 6.06
7.02
0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 4 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

AUG 95 Yellow pages to be turned to white 1.02 – 2.00 – 2.01


2.05 – 2.06 – 3.00
3.03 – 3.04 – 3.05
4.00 – 4.02 – 4.04
4.05 – 5.00 – 5.02
5.04 – 7.02

Pages to be deleted 1.02 – 2.00 – 2.01


2.05 – 2.06 – 3.04
4.00 – 5.00 – 5.04
7.02

Procedure improvement 2.04 – 3.04 – 3.05


4.04 – 5.02 – 5.04
7.01 – 7.02

Wording and lay out improvement, typing errors 1.02 – 1.03 – 3.02
4.00 – 4.02 – 5.02
5.03 – 5.04 – 6.02
6.03

Graph improvement or correction 7.02

OCT 96 Yellow pages to be turned to white 2.03 – 2.05 – 3.02


3.03 – 4.05 – 5.00
5.02 – 5.04 – 7.02

Pages to be deleted 1.02 – 2.04 – 3.03


3.04 – 4.05 – 5.02
5.04 – 6.03 – 6.04
6.05 – 6.06 – 7.01
7.02

Procedure improvement 2.04 – 2.05 – 3.01


3.02 – 3.03 – 3.05
5.02 – 5.04 – 7.02

Wording and lay out improvement, typing errors 1.02 – 2.05 – 3.04
4.05 – 5.02 – 5.03
5.04 – 6.01 – 6.03
6.06 – 7.00 – 7.01
7.02

Graph improvement or correction 6.01 – 6.02 – 6.03


6.04 – 6.05 – 6.06
7.01 – 7.02
0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 5 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC
APPROVED
SEP 97

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

OCT 96 KVS1G extension at take off 6.03

Enforcement of “Consigne de navigabilité no 2.01 – 2.05 – 2.06


96 – 207 – 031 (B)” 3.04 – 4.00 – 4.05

SEP 97 Yellow pages to be turned to white 7.00 – 7.01

Pages to be deleted 2.05 – 4.03 – 5.02


7.02

Limitation – Procedure Improvement 1.02 – 2.04 – 3.04


4.04 – 4.05 – 5.04
6.02 – 7.02

Wording and layout improvement, typing errors 3.05 – 6.00 – 6.01


6.03

Graph improvement or correction 6.01 – 6.03 – 6.05


7.01

Part 2.05 presentation improvement 2.00 – 2.05


Part 5.02 presentation improvement 5.02

Container transportation presentation improvement 2.02 – 3.00 –3.06


4.00 – 4.03 – 7.02

Mod 4295 introduction – Mod 4111 anti–mod 3.00 – 3.03 – 3.04


3.05 – 4.02 – 4.05
5.02 – 7.02

Mod 4654 introduction – Installation of 2.05


HT1000 GNSS

Flaps retracted dispatch 7.02


0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 6 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC
APPROVED SEP 99

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

SEP 98 Yellow pages to be turned to white 2.05 – 3.05 – 4.03


5.04

Pages to be deleted 7.02

Mod 4597 introduction – Mod 3952 anti–mod 2.05

Procedure improvement 3.04 – 4.04 – 7.02

Introduction of dispatch with one torque indicator 7.02


inoperative

Graph improvement or correction 6.06 – 7.01

Introduction of wet and contaminated runways 7.03


advisory materials

Wording and layout improvement, typing errors 1.02 – 1.03 – 2.05


3.07 – 5.04 – 6.03
7.00 – 7.02

MAY 99 Severe Icing: TR 37 to be turned to white 2.06 – 3.04 – 4.05

SEP 99 TR36 to be turned to white 2.05

Introduction of Mod 4511 (New look for 3.06 – 4.03 – 7.02


transport container)
Introduction of Mod 8233 (Power plant) 7.01

Engine limitation change 2.04

Procedures improvement 2.05 – 3.06 – 4.05


5.02 – 5.04 – 7.01

Effect of Mod 4371 (Electronic propeller control 7.03


regulation) on wet and contaminated runways
performances.
V1 limited by VMCG on wet and contaminated 7.03
runways

Wording and layout , typing errors 1.02 – 4.04 – 5.04


6.03 – 6.06 – 7.00
7.00 – 7.02 – 7.03
0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 7 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC
APPROVED JUL 02

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

SEP 00 Introduction of Mod 5176 : GNSS, 2.05


Load software final baseline.

Manual management about the TCAS 7.01

Introduction of a new appendix 7.00 – 7.01

Pages to be deleted 2.05 – 5.02 – 5.04


7.01 – 7.02

Procedure improvement 2.04 – 3.04 – 3.05


4.05 – 7.02

Graph improvement 2.02

Wording and layout improvement 1.01 – 4.00 –5.04


Typing error 7.01

SEP 01 Yellow pages to be turned to white 2.05 – 7.01

Procedure Improvement 4.05

Steep Slope Approach : add a tail wind limitation 7.01.05


as for model 42–500

Take Off after use of fluids type II or IV 7.01.08

JUL 02 5313 : Enhanced GPWS activation with GPWS 2.00 – 2.05


MK VIII 3.00 – 3.07 – 4.05

Use of rudder in case of large sideslip angles 2.03

Procedure improvement : at normal landing with 3.05


PW124 with electronic regulation it is not
necessary to have NP ≥ 86%

Typing error 4.02


0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 8 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC
APPROVED SEP 03

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

SEP 03 Temporary revisions to be turned to white


TR39 Introduction of modifications 5377+5434 : 7.01
Cockpit Door Locking System

Introduction of modifications :
5403 : GNSS HT1000 P–RNAV 2.05

Trims checks updating 3.01 – 3.02

ELEC SMK procedure : adding of 4.03


DC SVCE & UTLY BUS ... OFF item

Severe Icing Procedure Improvement 4.05

FWD and AFT SMK Procedures Improvement 4.03


for cargo version

Steep Slope Approach prohibited for : 4.05 – 5.04


Severe Icing, Reduced Flaps Landing,
Pitch Disconnect

Flaps failure during CAT II approach : wording 7.01.03

Limitations regarding TCAS Resolution Advisory 7.01.04

Harmonization with FAA for supplements :


– Dispatch with one wheel brake 7.02.04
deactivated or removed
– Dispatch with anti skid system inoperative 7.02.05

Improvement of CLIMB sequence in case of 7.02.07


dispatch ONE EEC OFF : reduce both TQ
before PWR MGT on CLB for engines with
electronic regulation

LBA supplement creation 7.04

Various 7.00.00
0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 9 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA
APPROVED JUL 05

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

JUL 04 Yellow pages to be turned white


TR40 : Cockpit Door Security System ST2 7.01

Securized Cockpit Door Jammed Procedure 7.01


improvement

Use of JP4 is prohibited (SFAR88) 2.04

Towing with TOWBARLESS system is prohibited 2.05

Severe Icing Limitations Updating 2.06

Introduction of modification 5467 EGPWS 3.07

Introduction of FUEL LEAK procedure 5.04

Examples for Obstacles Calculations 6.06

Wording improvement for dispatch 7.02

CAA supplement 7.08

Abbreviations updating 1.02

Management of the manual 7.01

JUL 05 EASA/DGAC Approval 1.01

Limitations of minimum fuel temperature : 2.04


to ensure adequate relight

Steep Slope Approach : ≥4.5_ (not >) 5.04 – 7.00 – 7.01

Introduction of modification 5465 7.01


New Securized Cockpit Door Fittings

Complement for EGPWS Mod 5467 2.05 – 3.00 – 4.05

Dispâtch with wheel brake removed is not possible 7.00 – 7.02


0 -- 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 10 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA
APPROVED JUL 08

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

JUL 06 Use of Jet B is prohibited 2.04


Cockpit Checks Preparation Trims’ Title 3.00
Introduction of modification 5561 : 6.05
Messier--Bugatti Wheels and Brakes
TCAS new wording for Traffic Advisory case 7.01
Introduction of modification 5567 : MPC 7.00 -- 7.01
Multi Purpose Computer -- APM :
Aircraft Performance Monitoring
Introduction of modification 5570 and 8431 : 7.00 -- 7.01
Enhanced Surveillance
Introduction of modification 5506 : 7.00 -- 7.01
ACARS
AUG 07 Blanking of TR24:
FUEL Feeding Limitations Harmonization 2.04
EMER DESCENT procedure amendment 4.05
ONE EEC OFF procedure harmonization 5.02
Fuels RT and TS1 acceptable 2.04
Part 4 Emergency Procedures Improvement 4
7.01 and 7.02 parts wholly revised 7.00 -- 7.01 -- 7.02
Numbering of Appendices and Supplements
Introduction of modification 8442 : MPC 7.01.15
New High Latitudes Operations 7.01.18
IAC Supplement for Operations in CIS countries 7.09
JUL 08 Blanking of TR43:
RNAV Mono and Dual GNSS 2.05
with Modification 5768
Wording : TAWS 2.00 -- 3.07
New note for MCT TQ limitation 2.04
Tyre Speed Limitation 2.05 page 1
Mod 6055 : Messier--Buggatti brakes 6.05 page 4
new landing performances
Part 5 Procedures Following Failures Improvement 5
Typing correction 7.01.10
0 -- 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 11 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA
APPROVED JUL 08

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

JUL 06 Use of Jet B is prohibited 2.04

Cockpit Checks Preparation Trims’ Title 3.00

Introduction of modification 5561 : 6.05


Messier--Bugatti Wheels and Brakes

TCAS new wording for Traffic Advisory case 7.01

Introduction of modification 5567 : MPC 7.00 -- 7.01


Multi Purpose Computer -- APM :
Aircraft Performance Monitoring

Introduction of modification 5570 and 8431 : 7.00 -- 7.01


Enhanced Surveillance

Introduction of modification 5506 : 7.00 -- 7.01


ACARS
AUG 07 Blanking of TR24:
FUEL Feeding Limitations Harmonization 2.04
EMER DESCENT procedure amendment 4.05
ONE EEC OFF procedure harmonization 5.02

Fuels RT and TS1 acceptable 2.04

Part 4 Emergency Procedures Improvement 4

7.01 and 7.02 parts wholly revised 7.00 -- 7.01 -- 7.02


Numbering of Appendices and Supplements

Introduction of modification 8442 : MPC 7.01.15

New High Latitudes Operations 7.01.18

IAC Supplement for Operations in CIS countries 7.09


JUL 08 Blanking of TR43:
RNAV Mono and Dual GNSS 2.05
with Modification 5768

Wording : TAWS 2.00 -- 3.07

New note for MCT TQ limitation 2.04

Tyre Speed Limitation 2.05 page 1


Mod 6055 : Messier--Buggatti brakes 6.05 page 4
new landing performances

Part 5 Procedures Following Failures Improvement 5

Typing correction 7.01.10


0 -- 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 12 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA
APPROVED SEP 10

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

SEP 09 --Reminder to apply ”SMOKE” procedure first added 4.03


in all relevant smoke procedures
--AIR COND SMOKE: warning changed to caution 4.03
--DUAL DC GEN LOSS: memory item on basic page 4.04
--DITCHING and FORCED LANDING: ”TAWS” 4.05
replaces ”EGPWS” wording.
--EMERGENCY EVACUATION ON GROUND : 4.05
dump function to be used after aircraft stops.
--New:”RECOVERY AFTER STALL OR ABNORMAL 4.05
ROLL CONTROL”
--ONE EEC FAULT: item correction 5.02
--ENG FLAME OUT : memory item extended 5.02
--Eng relight envelope: title correction 5.02
--Icing conditions case added, and power mgt 5.03
selection correction
--Wording corrections:”Mod4116” added in the 5.04 page 2
bottom of page2_160 and (“IAS”,”disagreement)
--note improved: normal brake preferable than 5.04
spoilers and emer/pkg brake accumulator
--Title change to ”DUTCH ROLL TENDENCY / R.....” 5.04
--PEC FAULT: layout correction 5.04
--EFIS COMP: memory item proposed with procedure 5.04
improvement
--Cross Wind limitations more detailed 6.01

SEP 10 Emergency Procedures (Part 4) :


-- New procedure ON GROUND ENG FIRE OR 4.02
SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE and note removed
on ENG FIRE OR...DAMAGE
-- RECOVERY AFTER.../...ROLL CONTROL: 4.05
procedure i mproved.
Procedures following failures:
-- ENG NAC OVHT: affected side instead of “2” 5.02
-- ANTI SKID FAULT: anti skid to be selected OFF 5.04
Performances:
-- Cross Wind informations layout 6.01
Appendices & Supplements:
-- Configuration Deviation List reviewed 7.01.02
-- CAT 2 operations appendix improved 7.01.03
-- TQ needle indication is inoperative: procedure 7.02.09
corrected ; ATPCS to be selected to OFF.
0 -- 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 13 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA
APPROVED NOV 11

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

NOV 11 TR 44 blanking:
Noise chapter 4 2.01 & 7.01.01
Mod 6156: cold soak 2.03
TR 45 blanking:
UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION new 4.05
emergency procedure
Emergency procedures:
Contents page updated 4.00
--ENG FIRE AT TAKE OFF (new procedure) 4.02
--IN FLIGHT ENG FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL
DAMAGE: procedure improved
--ON GROUND ENG FIRE OR SEVERE MECHA--
--NICAL DAMAGE: procedure improved
Appendix and supplements:
ETOPS appendix: wording update for CMP standard 7.01.08
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 1-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

You must hold in your manual the following normal pages


M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label
Validity expression

NORMAL REVISION N° 25

0 00 001 001 FEB 94 COVER PAGE


ALL
R 0 01 001 082 NOV 11 L.T.R. TQ
ALL
0 02 001 001 MAY 92 R.T.R.
ALL
0 02 002 001 MAR 95 R.T.R.
ALL
0 02 003 001 FEB 99 R.T.R.
ALL
R 0 02 004 001 NOV 11 R.T.R.
ALL
R 0 04 001 082 NOV 11 L.E.T.P. TQ
ALL
0 05 001 001 MAY 92 L.N.R.
ALL
0 05 002 001 SEP 97 L.N.R.
ALL
0 05 003 001 SEP 01 L.N.R.
ALL
0 05 004 001 JUL 04 L.N.R.
ALL
R 0 05 005 001 NOV 11 L.N.R.
ALL
0 06 001 001 FEB 91 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 002 001 MAY 92 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 003 001 FEB 94 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 004 001 OCT 96 R.N.R.
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 2-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

0 06 005 001 SEP 97 R.N.R.


ALL
0 06 006 001 SEP 99 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 007 001 JUL 02 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 008 001 SEP 03 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 009 001 JUL 05 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 010 001 JUL 08 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 011 001 JUL 08 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 012 001 SEP 10 R.N.R.
ALL
N 0 06 013 001 NOV 11 R.N.R.
ALL
R 0 08 001 082 NOV 11 L.E.N.P. TQ
ALL
R 0 09 001 082 NOV 11 L.O.M. TQ
ALL
R 0 10 001 082 NOV 11 C.R.T. TQ
ALL
1 00 001 001 SEP 89
ALL
1 01 001 001 JUL 05
ALL
1 02 001 001 SEP 98
ALL
1 02 002 001 SEP 98
ALL
1 02 003 001 SEP 98
ALL
1 02 004 001 JUL 04
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 3-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

1 02 005 001 SEP 98


ALL
1 02 006 001 JUL 04
ALL
1 02 007 001 JUL 04
ALL
1 02 008 001 JUL 04
ALL
1 02 009 001 SEP 98
ALL
1 03 001 001 SEP 98
ALL
2 00 001 001 JUL 08
ALL
R 2 01 001 001 NOV 11
ALL
2 02 001 200 FEB 94 201-202-211-212 MOD 3651 +3849
ALL
2 02 002 200 SEP 00 201-202-211-212 MOD 3651 +3849
ALL
2 03 001 001 JUL 02
ALL
2 03 002 040 APR 93 MOD 3037
ALL
2 04 001 150 JUL 08 PW127
ALL
2 04 002 150 APR 93 PW127
ALL
2 04 003 150 SEP 97 PW127
ALL
2 04 004 001 AUG 07
ALL
2 05 001 001 JUL 08
ALL
2 05 002 150 SEP 97 102-202-212 MOD 2456
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 4-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

2 05 003 001 SEP 97


ALL
2 05 004 001 JUL 08
ALL
N 2 05 005 150 SEP 99 MOD 4890
TQ0004
2 05 005 350 SEP 99 MOD 4890 +5022
TQ0003
2 05 006 020 JUL 08 MOD 5313 or 5467
ALL
2 06 001 001 MAY 99
ALL
2 06 002 001 JUL 04
ALL
3 00 001 120 JUL 08 MOD 4111
ALL
3 01 001 001 SEP 03
ALL
3 02 001 160 SEP 03 PW127 MOD (3973 or 4371)
ALL
3 03 001 240 SEP 97 MOD (3973 or 4371) +4111
ALL
3 04 001 250 SEP 00 MOD 4111+(3973 or 4371)
TQ0003
3 04 001 350 SEP 00 MOD 1742 +4111+(3973 or 4371)
TQ0004
3 04 002 140 SEP 98 PW127 MOD 4111
ALL
3 04 003 120 SEP 97 MOD 4111
ALL
3 05 001 150 SEP 00 PW127 MOD 4111
ALL
3 06 001 001 SEP 97
ALL
3 07 001 020 JUL 08 MOD 5313
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 5-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

3 07 002 020 JUL 08 MOD 5313


ALL
R 4 00 001 001 NOV 11
ALL
4 01 001 001 SEP 89
ALL
R 4 02 001 001 NOV 11
ALL
R 4 02 002 001 NOV 11
ALL
N 4 02 003 120 NOV 11 MOD 4111
ALL
4 03 001 001 SEP 09
ALL
4 03 002 001 SEP 09
ALL
4 03 003 002 SEP 09 102-202-212
ALL
4 03 004 001 SEP 09
ALL
4 03 005 001 SEP 09
ALL
4 04 001 001 SEP 09
ALL
4 05 001 250 AUG 07 MOD (3973 or 4371) +4111
ALL
4 05 002 001 SEP 09
ALL
4 05 003 001 SEP 09
ALL
4 05 004 001 SEP 09
ALL
4 05 005 050 SEP 03 PW127
ALL
4 05 006 001 SEP 03
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 6-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

N 4 05 007 150 NOV 11 PW127 MOD (3973 or 4371)


ALL
N 4 05 008 150 NOV 11 PW127 MOD (3973 or 4371)
ALL
5 00 001 001 JUL 08
ALL
5 01 001 001 JUL 08
ALL
5 02 001 040 SEP 09 MOD 4111
ALL
5 02 002 250 SEP 09 MOD (3973 or 4371) +4111
ALL
5 02 003 100 SEP 09 MOD 3973 or 4371
ALL
5 02 004 001 SEP 10
ALL
5 03 001 001 SEP 09
ALL
5 03 002 001 JUL 08
ALL
5 04 001 001 JUL 08
ALL
5 04 001A 001 JUL 08
ALL
5 04 002 160 SEP 09 MOD 4116
ALL
5 04 003 001 JUL 08
ALL
5 04 003A 001 JUL 08
ALL
5 04 004 001 SEP 09
ALL
5 04 005 150 JUL 08 PW127 MOD 3973
ALL
5 04 005A 001 JUL 08
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 7-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

5 04 006 001 JUL 08


ALL
R 5 04 007 001 NOV 11
ALL
5 04 008 001 SEP 10
ALL
5 04 009 001 JUL 08
ALL
5 04 009A 001 JUL 08
ALL
5 04 010 070 JUL 08 MOD 1368 +(3973 or 4371)
TQ0003
5 04 010 170 JUL 08 MOD 1368 +1742 +(3973 or 4371)
TQ0004
5 04 011 001 JUL 08
ALL
5 04 012 001 JUL 08
ALL
5 04 013 050 JUL 08 MOD 3973 or 4371
ALL
5 04 014 001 JUL 08
ALL
5 04 015 050 JUL 08 MOD 3973 or 4371
ALL
5 04 016 070 SEP 09 MOD 3168 +(3973 or 4371)
ALL
5 04 017 001 JUL 08
ALL
5 04 018 001 SEP 09
ALL
6 00 001 001 SEP 97
ALL
6 01 001 001 FEB 94
ALL
6 01 002 150 SEP 97 PW127
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 8-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 01 003 001 SEP 10


ALL
6 01 004 001 MAY 92
ALL
6 01 005 001 SEP 89
ALL
6 01 006 001 OCT 96
ALL
6 01 007 001 OCT 96
ALL
6 01 008 001 SEP 97
ALL
6 01 009 001 SEP 97
ALL
6 01 010 001 OCT 96
ALL
6 01 011 001 OCT 96
ALL
6 01 012 001 SEP 97
ALL
6 01 013 001 SEP 97
ALL
6 02 001 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 02 002 150 SEP 97 PW127
ALL
6 02 003 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 001 001 SEP 97
ALL
6 03 002 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 003 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 004 001 MAY 92
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 9-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 03 005 001 SEP 98


ALL
6 03 005A 150 APR 93 PW127
ALL
6 03 006 001 APR 93
ALL
6 03 007 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 008 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 009 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 010 150 FEB 94 PW127
ALL
6 03 011 001 OCT 96
ALL
6 03 012 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 013 150 FEB 94 PW127
ALL
6 03 014 001 OCT 96
ALL
6 03 015 150 SEP 99 PW127
ALL
6 03 016 001 OCT 96
ALL
6 03 017 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 018 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 019 150 SEP 97 PW127
ALL
6 03 020 001 OCT 96
ALL
6 03 021 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 10-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 03 022 150 OCT 96 PW127


ALL
6 03 023 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 024 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 025 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 026 150 SEP 01 PW127
ALL
6 03 027 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 028 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 029 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 030 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 03 031 001 OCT 96
ALL
6 03 032 001 OCT 96
ALL
6 04 001 001 APR 93
ALL
6 04 002 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 05 001 150 FEB 94 PW127
ALL
6 05 002 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 05 003 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 05 004 150 SEP 97 PW127
ALL
N 6 05 005 150 NOV 11 PW127
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 11-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 06 001 001 JUL 04


ALL
6 06 002 150 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 06 003 150 APR 93 PW127
ALL
6 06 004 150 SEP 99 PW127
ALL
6 06 005 050 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 06 006 150 SEP 99 PW127
ALL
6 06 007 150 SEP 99 PW127
ALL
6 06 008 150 SEP 99 PW127
ALL
6 06 008A 001 JUL 04
ALL
6 06 009 150 JUL 04 PW127
ALL
6 06 009A 001 JUL 04
ALL
6 06 010 150 JUL 04 PW127
ALL
6 06 011 050 OCT 96 PW127
ALL
6 06 012 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
6 06 013 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 00 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 00 002 001 AUG 07
ALL
R 7 01 01 001 150 NOV 11 211-212 - PW127 MOD 3651
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 12-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 01 02 001 001 SEP 10


ALL
7 01 02 002 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 02 003 001 SEP 10
ALL
7 01 02 004 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 02 005 001 SEP 10
ALL
7 01 02 006 001 SEP 10
ALL
7 01 03 001 150 AUG 07 MOD 0069 +1112
ALL
7 01 03 002 100 AUG 07 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 003 100 SEP 10 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 004 100 AUG 07 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 005 150 SEP 10 MOD 0069 +1112
ALL
7 01 03 006 100 SEP 10 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 007 150 AUG 07 PW127 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 008 100 SEP 10 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 009 100 AUG 07 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 010 100 SEP 10 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 011 100 AUG 07 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 012 150 AUG 07 PW127 MOD 1112
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 13-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 01 03 013 150 AUG 07 PW127 MOD 1112


ALL
7 01 04 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 04 002 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 04 003 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 04 004 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 04 005 001 AUG 07
TQ0003
7 01 04 005 110 AUG 07 MOD 5205
TQ0004
7 01 05 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 06 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 08 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 09 001 110 AUG 07 MOD 4406
ALL
7 01 10 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 11 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 12 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 12 001A 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 12 001B 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 13 001 100 AUG 07 MOD 5434 or 5465 or 8330 or 8333
ALL
7 01 13 002 100 AUG 07 MOD 5434 or 8330
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 14-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 01 15 001 001 AUG 07


ALL
7 01 15 002 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 16 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 17 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 18 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 01 19 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 02 00 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 02 01 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 02 01 002 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 02 01 003 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 02 01 004 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 02 02 001 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 03 001 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 03 002 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 03 003 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 03 004 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 04 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 02 05 001 001 AUG 07
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 15-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 02 05 002 001 AUG 07


ALL
7 02 06 001 150 AUG 07 PW127 MOD (3973 or 4371)
ALL
7 02 06 002 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 06 003 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 06 004 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 07 001 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 07 001A 001 AUG 07 MOD 4111
ALL
7 02 07 002 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 07 003 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 07 004 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 07 005 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 08 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 02 09 001 001 SEP 10
ALL
7 02 09 002 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 02 09 003 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 02 09 004 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 02 09 005 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 02 09 006 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 16-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 02 09 007 100 AUG 07 PW127


ALL
7 02 09 008 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 09 009 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 09 010 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 09 011 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 10 001 150 AUG 07 PW127 MOD (3973 or 4371)
ALL
7 02 10 002 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 10 003 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 10 004 100 AUG 07 PW127
ALL
7 02 11 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 02 11 002 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 02 11 003 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 02 12 001 001 AUG 07
ALL
7 03 001 001 SEP 99
ALL
7 03 001A 001 SEP 99
ALL
7 03 002 001 SEP 99
ALL
7 03 003 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 004 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 17-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 03 005 150 SEP 98 PW127


ALL
7 03 006 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 007 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 008 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 009 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 010 150 SEP 99 PW127
ALL
7 03 011 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 012 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 013 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 014 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 015 150 SEP 99 PW127
ALL
7 03 016 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 017 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 018 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 019 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 020 150 SEP 99 PW127
ALL
7 03 021 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 022 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 18-082

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 03 023 150 SEP 98 PW127


ALL
7 03 024 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 025 150 SEP 99 PW127
ALL
7 03 026 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 026A 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 026B 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 027 001 SEP 99
ALL
7 03 028 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 029 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 030 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 031 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 032 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 033 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 034 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 035 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL
7 03 036 150 SEP 98 PW127
ALL

End TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-09 page 1-082

ATR L.O.M.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Modifications

MODIF PARTS TITLE


VALIDITY

0069 7 AFCS. USE OF A CAT.II APPROVED AP/FD


DOWN TO 50 FT.
ALL
1112 7 AUTO FLIGHT - RETROFIT CAT 2
CAPABILITY TO A/C DELIVERED CAT 1
CAPABILITY
ALL
1368 5-6-7 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - INSTALL
INNER WING DE-ICING SYSTEM
ALL
1742 3-5 ICE & RAIN PROTECTION - NON
EMBODIMENT OF MOD 1553
TQ0004
2456 2 COMMUNICATIONS - RELOCATE VHF2
ANTENNA ON UPPER FUSELAGE
ALL
2735 2-6-7 ENGINE INDICATING - CHANGE
SOFTWARE ES 06 IN E.E.C
ALL
3037 2 PNEUMATIC - ECS - MODIFY ISOLATING
VALVE OPENING CONTROL IN TAXYING
ALL
3168 5 AUTO FLIGHT - REPLACE AFC
COMPUTER
ALL
3625 2-5 NAVIGATION - INSTALL A SFE TCAS
COMPUTER
ALL
3651 2-7 GENERAL - INCREASE MTOW AT
22,000KGS (48,500LBS)
ALL
3832 2-7 NAVIGATION - REPLACE COLLINS TCAS -
COMPUTER
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-09 page 2-082

ATR L.O.M.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Modifications

MODIF PARTS TITLE


VALIDITY

3849 2 GENERAL - INCREASE MZFW TO 20000


KGS
ALL
3973 3-4-5-7 PROPELLERS - 247F PROPELLER
CONTROL - INSTALL ELECTRONIC
REGULATION
ALL
4111 3-4-5-7 IGNITION - CHANGE "CONTINUOUS
RELIGHT" TO "MANUAL IGNITION" ON
AIRCR. EQUIPPED WITH AUTOM.
ALL
4116 5 HYDRAULIC POWER - RELOCATE GREEN
PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT-BREAKER
ALL
4406 7 GENERAL - ALLOW OPERATION FROM
NARROW RUNWAYS
ALL
4597 2 NAVIGATION - INHIBIT KLN 90A GPS
INSTALLATION
ALL
4890 2 NAVIGATION - INSTALL KLN 90B+ GPS
ALL
5022 2 NAVIGATION - KLN90B/BRNAV WITH EFIS
COMPATIBLE WITH "BRNAV"
TQ0003
5205 7 NAVIGATION - ATC/TCAS - ACQUIRE
ALTITUDE VIA BUS ARINC 429
TQ0004
5313 2-3-4 NAVIGATION - EGPWS MKVIII -
ENHANCED PART ACTIVATION
ALL
5377 7 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - WIRING FOR
COCKPIT ENTRANCE SECURISED
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-09 page 3-082

ATR L.O.M.
EASA NOV 11
72 List of Modifications

MODIF PARTS TITLE


VALIDITY

5434 7 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - INSTALL


DOOR ON ELECTRICAL PROVISION
ALL

End TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-10 page 1-082

ATR C.R.T.
EASA NOV 11
72 Cross Reference Table

This table shows, for each delivered aircraft, the cross reference between :
- the fleet serial number (F.S.N.)
- the manufacturing serial number (M.S.N.)
- the registration number
It is the F.S.N. which appears in the L.E.N.P. or L.E.T.P.

F.S.N. M.S.N. REGISTRATION

TQ0003 0454 PR-TTI


TQ0004 0463 PR-TTJ

End TQ
1 –00
GENERAL
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS DGAC SEP 89
APPROVED

1 . 00 – CONTENTS

1 . 01 – INTRODUCTION

1 . 02 – PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS
DEFINITION OF WORDING
UNIT CONVERSION
GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

1 . 03 – 3 VIEW DRAWING

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


1 –01 SEP 89
GENERAL SEP 00
PAGE : 1 001
AFM INTRODUCTION EASA
APPROVED JUL 05

The Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) is related to a specific airplane whose


R model is specified on the heading page. It is approved by : EASA.
NOTE : “DGAC APPROVED” is kept on pages created/revised before EASA
creation. This mention is changed to “EASA APPROVED” for all new or
revised pages.

ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL

The AFM contents are divided into seven chapters :


1 – General
2 – Limitations
3 – Normal procedures
4 – Emergency procedures
5 – Procedures following failure
6 – Performance
7 – Appendices and supplements

Preliminary pages include all approval references and define the updating
R
status of the list of effective pages :
– for the airlines manual
– for the envelope manual (covering all the airlines manuals).
The pages are numbered per chapter and section

Applicability of each page is identifed at the bottom of the page by :


– engine
– model
– modification number (if any)

NOTE : Unless otherwise specified at the bottom of the page its content
is valid for all models mentioned on the heading page
(0.00 page 1).
1 –02
GENERAL
PAGE : 1 001 SEP 89
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC
APPROVED SEP 98

1 . 02 . 01 – DEFINITION OF WORDING

Note : An operating procedure, technique etc... considered


essential to emphasize

CAUTION : An operating procedure, technique etc... which may


result in damage to equipment if not carefully followed

WARNING : An operating procedure, technique etc... which may


result in injury or loss of life if not carefully followed.

1 . 02 . 02 – UNIT CONVERSION

Weight 1 kg = 2.2046 lb 1 lb = 0.4536 kg

R Length – Altitude
R Distance 1 m = 3.2808 ft 1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 m = 39.3701 in 1 in = 0.0254 m

Pressure 1 HPa = 0.0145 psi 1 psi = 69 HPa

Temperature 1° C = ( 1° F – 32 ) x .555 1° F = 1° C x 1.8 + 32


1 –02 MAY 92
GENERAL
PAGE : 2 001 APR 93
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC
APPROVED
SEP 98

1 . 02 . 03 – GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

AAS Anti–icing Advisory System


A/C Aircraft
AC Alternating Current
ACW Alternating Current Wild Frequency
ADC Air Data Computer
ADF Automatic Direction Finding
ADI Attitude Director Indicator
ADU Advisory Display Unit
AFCS Automatic Flight Control System
A/FEATH Automatic Feathering
AFM Airplane Flight Manual
AFT Rear Part
AFU Auto Feathering Unit
AGL Above Ground Level
AH Ampere – Hours
AHRS Attitude and Heading Reference System
AHRU Attitude and Heading Reference Unit
AIR COND Air Conditioning
ALT Altitude
ANN Annunciator
AP Auto–Pilot
APP Approach
ARM Armed
ASCB Avionics Standard Communications Bus
ASD Acceleration Stop Distance
ASI Air Speed Indicator
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATE Automatic Test Equipment
ATPCS Automatic Take off Power Control System
ATT Attitude
ATTND Attendant
AUTO Automatic
AUX Auxiliary
BARO Barometric
BAT Battery
BC Back Course
BPCU Bus Power Control Unit
BPU Battery Protection Unit
R B–RNAV Basic Area Navigation
BRK Brake
BRT Bright
BTC Bus Tie Contactor
BTR Bus Tie Relay
1 –02
GENERAL AUG 91
PAGE : 3 001 SEP 97
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC
APPROVED SEP 98

BXR Battery Transfer Relay


CAB Cabin
CAP Crew Alerting Panel
CAPT Captain
CAS Calibrated Air Speed
CAT Category
C/B Circuit Breaker
CCAS Centralized Crew Alerting System
R CDI Course Deviation Indicator
CFC Constant Frequency Contactor
CG Center of Gravity
CHC Charge Contactor
CH Charge
CHG Charger
CL Condition Lever
CLA Condition Lever Angle
CLB Climb
CLR Clear
CM Crew Member
COM Communication
COMPT Compartment
CONFIG Configuration
CONT Continuous
CORRECT Correction
CPL Auto Pilot Coupling
CR Cruise
CRC Continuous Repetitive Chime
CRS Course
CRT Cathodic ray tube
CRZ Cruise
CTL Control
CVR Cockpit Voice Recorder
dB Decibel
DC Direct Current
DEC Declination Decrease
DELTA P Differential Pressure
DEV Deviation
DFDR Digital Flight Data Recorder
DG.C Celsius Degree
R DGR Degraded
DH Decision Height
DIFF Differential
DIM Light Dimmer
DIST Distance
DME Distance Measuring Equipment
SEP 89
1 –02
GENERAL MAY 95
PAGE : 4 001 AUG 95
OCT 96
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC
JUL 04
APPROVED

DN Down
DSPL Display
EADI Electronic Attitude Director Indicator
EEC Electronic Engine Control
EFIS Electronic Flight Instrument System
EGHR External Ground Handling Relay
EHSI Electronic Horizontal Situation Indicator
ELEC Electrical
ELV Elevation
EMER Emergency
ENG Engine
EPC External Power Contactor
ET Elapsed Time
ETOPS Extended Twin Operations
EXT Exterior, External
EXC External Power/Service Bus Contactor
FAIL Failed, Failure
FD Flight Director
FDAU Flight Data Acquisition Unit
FDEP Flight Data Entry Panel
FEATH or FTR Feather, Feathering
FF Fuel Flow
FI Flight Idle
FL Flight Level
FLT Flight
F/O First Officier
FQI Fuel Quantity Indication
FT, ft Foot, Feet
FU Fuel Used
FWD Forward
GA Go around
GAL Galley
GC Generator Contactor
GCU Generator Control Unit
GD Gear Down
GEN Generator
GI Ground Idle
GMT Greenwitch Mean Time
GND Ground
GPS Global Positioning System
GPU Ground Power Unit
R (E)GPWS (Enhanced) Ground Proximity Warning System
G/S Glide Slope
GU Gear Up
1 –02
GENERAL SEP 89
PAGE : 5 001 SEP 97
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC
APPROVED
SEP 98

HD Head Down
HDG Heading
HF High Frequency
HI High
HLD Hold
HMU Hydromechanical Unit
HP High Pressure
HPa Hecto Pascal
HSI Horizontal Situation Indicator
HYD Hydraulic
R IAF Initial Approach Fix
IAS Indicated Air Speed
IDT Ident
IFR Instrument Flight Rules
ILS Instrument Landing System
INC Increase
IND Indicator
R IN, in Inch(es)
IN/HG Inches of Mercury
INHI Inhibit
INST Instrument
INT Interphone
INV Inverter
ISOL Isolation
ITT Inter Turbine Temperature
Kg, KG Kilogramme
KHZ Kilo – Hertz
KT, kt Knot
LB Pound
LBA Lowest Blade Angle
LDG Landing
L/G Landing Gear
LH Left Hand
LIM Limitation
R L–NAV Lateral Navigation
LO Low
LOC Localiser
LO PR Low Pressure
LT Light
LVL Level
M, m Meter
MAC Mean Aerodynamic Chord
MAN Manual
MAP Ground Mapping
MAX Maximum
1 –02 SEP 89
GENERAL AUG 95
PAGE : 6 001 SEP 99
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC
APPROVED
JUL 04

MBE Maximum Brake Energy


MC Master Caution
MCT Maximum Continuous
MEA Minimum en Route Altitude
MFC Multi Function Computer
MGT Management
MHZ Megahertz
MIC Microphone
MIN Minimum
MKR Marker
MM Millimeter
MMO Maximum Operating Mach
mn Minute
MW Master Warning
MTOW Maximum Take–off Weight
NAV Navigation
NDB Non Directional Bearing
NEG Negative
NH High Pressure Spool Rotation Speed
NIL Nothing, No object
NM Nautical Mile
NORM Normal
NP Propeller Rotation Speed
N/W Nose Wheel
OAT Outside Air Temperature
OBS Omni Bearing Selector
OCL Obstacle Clearance Limit
OUTB Outboard
OVBD Overboard
OVHT Overheat
OVRD Override
OXY Oxygen
PA Passenger Adress
PAX Passenger
PB Push Button
PCU Propeller control Unit
PEC Propeller electronic control
PF Pilot Flying
PIT Pitch
PL Power Lever
PLA Power Lever Angle
PNF Pilot Non Flying
PNL Panel
POS Position
R P–RNAV Precision Area Navigation
PR Pressure
PRESS Pressurization, Pressure
1 –02 SEP 89
GENERAL AUG 95
PAGE : 7 001 SEP 98
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC
APPROVED
JUL 04

PRKG Parking
PROP Propeller
PSI Pound per Square Inch
PT Point
PTT Push to Talk, Push to Test
PWR Power
QFU Runway Heading
QTY Quantity
RA Radio Altitude
RAD/INT Radio/Interphone
RAIM Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring
RCAU Remote Control Audio Unit
RCDR Recorder
RCL Recall
RCU Rudder releasable Centering Unit
RECIRC Recirculation
REF Reference
REV Reverse
RH Right Hand
RMI Radio Magnetic Indicator
RPM Revolution Per Minute
RQD Required
RTO Reserve Take–off
RUD Rudder
RWY Runway
SAT Static Air Temperature
SBY Stand By
SC Single Chime, Starter Contactor
SEL Selector
SGL Single
SGU Symbol Generator Unit
SID Standard Instrument Departure
S/O or SO Shut Off
SPD Speed
SSR Service Bus Select Relay
STAB Stabilizer
STAR Standard Arrival
STBY Stand By
STR Service Bus Transfer Relay
STRG Steering
SVCE Service
SW Switch
SYS System
R TAD Terrain Awareness Display
TAS True Air Speed
TAT Total Air Temperature
R TAWS Terrain Awareness Warning System
TBD To be Determinated
1 –02 MAY 92
GENERAL SEP 98
PAGE : 8 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC
APPROVED JUL 04

TCAS Traffic alert and collision avoidance system


TCAS RA TCAS resolution advisory
TCAS TA TCAS traffic advisory
R TCF Terrain Clearance Floor
TCS Touch Control Steering
TEMP Temperature
TGT Target
TK Tank
TLU Travel Limitation Unit
TO Take–off
TOD Take–off Distance
TOR Take–off Run
TOW Take–off Weight
TQ Torque
UBC Utility Bus Contactor
U/F Underfloor
UHF Ultra High Frequency
UNDV Undervoltage
UNLK Unlock
UTLY Utility
VA Design Maneuvering Speed
VAPP Approach Speed
VC Calibrated Airspeed
VENT Ventilation
VERT Vertical
VFE Flaps Extended Speed
VFR Visual Flight Rules
VFTO Final Take–off Speed
VGA Go around speed
VHF Very High Frequency
VLE Landing Gear Extended Speed
VLO Landing Gear Operating Speed
VLOF Lift Off Speed
VMCA Minimum Control Speed in flight
VMCG Minimum Control Speed on Ground
VMCL Minimum Control Speed in Flight (Landing config).
VMO Maximum Operating Speed
VMU Minimum Unstick Speed
VOR VHF Omni Directional Range
VR Rotation Speed
VRA Rough Air Speed
VS1G Stall Speed
VS Vertical Speed
VSI Vertical Speed Indicator
VU Visual Unit
WARN Warning
1 –02
GENERAL FEB 94
PAGE : 9 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC
APPROVED
SEP 98

XFEED Cross Feed


XFR Transfer
YD Yaw Damper
Z Altitude
ZA Aircraft Altitude
ZCTH Theoretical Cabin Altitude
ZFW Zero Fuel Weight
ZP Pressure Altitude
ZPI Indicated Pressure Altitude
ZRA Radio Altimeter Altitude
R nP Differential Pressure
1 –03 SEP 89
GENERAL
PAGE : 1 001 AUG 95
AFM 3 VIEW DRAWING DGAC
APPROVED
SEP 98

7.65 m (301.181 in)


3.962 m
(155.984 in)

10.772 m (424.095 in) 4.10 m


27.149 m (1068.859 in) (161.417 in)

27.166 m (1069.528 in) 8.10 m (318.898 in)

27.05 m (1064.961 in)

7.31 m (287.795 in)


2.362 m
(92.992 in)

WING
REFERENCE AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 m2 ( 94550 in2 )
ROOT CHORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.574 m ( 101.339 in)
ASPECT RATIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.995
REFERENCE CHORD LA ( = MAC ) . . . . . . . . 2.303 m ( 90.669 in)
DISTANCE FROM MOMENT ORIGIN TO REFERENCE
CHORD LEADING EDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.604 m ( 535.591 in)

HORIZONTAL TAIL
REFERENCE AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.73 m2 ( 18182 in2)
REFERENCE CHORD LH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.636 m ( 64.409 in)
ASPECT RATIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.555
DISTANCE FROM 25 % OF LA
TO 25 % OF LH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.654 m ( 537.559 in)

VERTICAL TAIL
REFERENCE AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.48 m2 ( 19344 in2)
REF CHORD LV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.851 m ( 112.244 in)
ASPECT RATIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6
DISTANCE FROM 25 % OF LA
TO 25 % OF LV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.484 m ( 491.496 in)
2 -- 00
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS EASA
APPROVED JUL 08

2 . 00 -- CONTENTS
2 . 01 -- GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
KINDS OF OPERATION
MINIMUM FLIGHT CREW
PERFORMANCE CONFIGURATION
MAXIMUM OPERATING ALTITUDE
MANEUVERING LIMIT LOAD FACTORS
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
NOISE CHARACTERISTICS
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PASSENGER SEATS
2 . 02 -- WEIGHT AND LOADING
WEIGHTS
CENTER OF GRAVITY ENVELOPE
LOADING
2 . 03 -- AIRSPEED AND OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS
AIRSPEEDS
OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS
2 . 04 -- POWER PLANT
ENGINES
PROPELLERS
OIL SYSTEM
STARTER
FUEL SYSTEM
2 . 05 -- SYSTEMS
AIR - PRESSURIZATION
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
LANDING GEAR
FLAPS
AFCS
INSTRUMENTS MARKING
CARGO DOOR OPERATION
MFC
COMMUNICATIONS
ELECTRICAL
TCAS
GPS
R TAWS
2 . 06 -- ICING CONDITIONS
2 -- 01
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM GENERAL EASA
NOV 11
APPROVED

2 . 01 . 01 -- INTRODUCTION
Observance of the limitations contained in this chapter is required by law.
When operating in accordance with an approved appendix or supplement to
this manual, the limitations of this basic Airplane Flight Manual section apply,
except as altered by such an appendix or supplement.
2 . 01 . 02 -- KINDS OF OPERATION
The airplane is certified in the Transport Category, JAR 25 and ICAO annex 16
for day and night operations, in the following conditions when the appropriate
equipment and instruments required by the airworthiness and operating
regulations are approved, installed and in an operable condition :
- VFR and IFR
- Flight in icing conditions.
- Reverse thrust taxi (single or twin engine)
2 . 01 . 03 -- MINIMUM FLIGHT CREW
2 pilots
2 . 01 . 04 -- PERFORMANCE CONFIGURATION
Refer to 6.01.03 for airplane configuration associated with certified
performances.
2 . 01 . 05 -- MAXIMUM OPERATING ALTITUDE
25000 ft
2 . 01 . 06 -- MANEUVERING LIMIT LOAD FACTORS
Gear and flaps retracted : + 2.5 to -- 1 g
Gear and/or flaps extended : + 2 to 0 g
2 . 01 . 07 -- CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
Refer to 7.01.02
2 . 01 . 08 -- NOISE CHARACTERISTICS
The aircraft meets the requirements of ICAO annex 16, Chapter 4 with no
weight restriction.
Refer to noise characteristics in Appendix 7.01.01 of this manual for noise
levels.
2 . 01 . 09 -- MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PASSENGER SEATS
74 as limited by emergency exits configuration.

Mod : -- Eng : ALL Model : ALL


2 –02 MAR 93
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 200
AFM WEIGHT AND LOADING DGAC FEB 94
APPROVED

2 . 02 . 01 – WEIGHTS
STRUCTURAL LIMITATIONS

MAXIMUM WEIGHT KG LB
TAXI 22030 48567
TAKE–OFF 22000 48501
LANDING 21350 47068
ZERO FUEL 20000 44092

PERFORMANCE LIMITATIONS

Maximum take–off weight and maximum landing weight may be reduced by


performance requirements related to the following (see chapter 6) :

– climb performance (first and second segment, final take–off and


en route, approach and landing climb)
– available runway length (take–off and landing)
– tyre limit speed
– brake energy limit, observe BRK TEMP light extinguished for
take–off
– obstacle clearance (take–off and en route)
– en route and landing weight

Mod : 3651 + 3849 Eng : ALL Model : 201 – 202 – 211 – 212
2 –02 MAR 93
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 2 200 FEB 94
AFM WEIGHT AND LOADING DGAC
APPROVED SEP 00

2 . 02 . 02 – CENTER OF GRAVITY ENVELOPE


For definition of reference (Mean Aerodynamic Chord (MAC) and moments
origin) : see chapter 1

2 . 02 . 03 – LOADING
The airplane must be loaded in accordance with the loading instructions given
in the WEIGHT AND BALANCE manual.

Mod : 3651 + 3849 Model : 201 – 202 – 211 – 212


2 –03 SEP 89
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM AIRSPEED AND OPERATIONAL DGAC JUL 02
PARAMETERS APPROVED

2 . 03 . 01 – AIRSPEEDS
• MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED VMO / MMO
This limit must not be intentionally exceeded in any flight regime

VMO = 250 kt CAS MMO = 0.55

• MAXIMUM DESIGN MANEUVERING SPEED VA


Full application of roll and yaw controls, as well as maneuvers that
involve angles of attack near the stall should be confined to speeds
below VA.

VA = 175 kt CAS

R CAUTION : Rapidly alternating large rudder applications in


combination with large sideslip angles may result in
structural failure at any speed.
• MAXIMUM FLAPS EXTENDED OR OPERATING SPEEDS VFE
FLAPS 15 185 kt CAS
FLAPS 30 150 kt CAS

• MAXIMUM LANDING GEAR EXTENDED OR OPERATING SPEEDS


VLE = 185 kt CAS
VLO lowering = 170 kt CAS
retracting = 160 kt CAS
2 –03
LIMITATIONS NOV 92
PAGE : 2 040
AFM AIRSPEED AND OPERATIONAL DGAC APR 93
PARAMETERS APPROVED

2 . 03 . 02 – OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS
ENVIRONMENTAL ENVELOPE

Note : Refer to 2.04.05 for fuel temperature limitation.


TAKE–OFF AND LANDING
– Tail wind limit : 10 kt
– Maximum mean runway slope : ± 2 %

R Mod : 3037 Eng : ALL Model : ALL


2 -- 04
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 150
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED
JUL 08

2 . 04 . 01 -- ENGINES PRATT AND WHITNEY OF CANADA PW 127


Operating limits with no unscheduled maintenance action required
Beyond these limits refer to maintenance manual
POWER TIME LIMIT TQ ITT NH NL NP OIL OIL TEMP
SETTING (%) (oC) (%) (%) (%) PRESS (oC)
(PSI)
RESERVE 10 mn (2) 106.3 800 103.2 104.2 101 55 to 65 0 to 140 (4)
TAKE OFF (5)

TAKE OFF 5 mn 90 (1) 101.9 101.4 101 55 to 65 0 to 140 (4)

R MAXIMUM NONE (6) 90.9 800 103.2 104.2 101 55 to 65 0 to 140 (4)
CONTINUOUS

GROUND 66 40 mini --40 to 140


IDLE mini (4)

HOTEL 715 55 to 65 140


MODE (4)

STARTING 5s 950 --54 mini


OTHER 800 106
(3)
TRANSIENT 5s 120
20 s 109.6 840 104.3 106.5
10 mn 106.3

(1) ITT limits depend on outside air temperature.


Refer to 2.04 p2 for detailed information.
(2) Time beyond 5 mn is linked to actual single engine operations only.
(3) TQ not to exceed 75 %
(4) Temperature up to 125oC is authorized without time limitation.
20 mn are authorized between 125oC and 140oC.
NOTE : Oil temperature must be maintained above 45oC to ensure intake
strut de--icing.
Oil temperature must be maintained above 71oC to ensure fuel
anti--icing protection in absence of the low fuel temperature
indication.
(5) This value must be considered as acceptable overtorque value.
For day to day operation refer to chapter 6.02.
R (6) MCT rating is the max power certified for continuous use. In--flight
emergencies are the only conditions for which MCT use is authorized.
LIMITATION IN APPROACH
During final approach, if SAT is greater than ISA, do not maintain NH under 78 %.
NOTE : Flight with an engine running and the propeller feathered is not
permitted.

Eng : PW127
2 –04 NOV 92
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 2 150
AFM POWER PLANT DGAC APR 93
APPROVED

TAKE OFF

ITT LIMITS AT TAKE OFF POWER

Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


2 –04 NOV 92
LIMITATIONS APR 93
PAGE : 3 150 FEB 94
AFM POWER PLANT DGAC SEP 97 AUG 95
APPROVED
OCT 96

2 . 04 . 02 – PROPELLERS
TWO HAMILTON STANDARD HS 247 F – 1

GROUND OPERATION
H Engine run up must be performed into the wind.
H Engine ground operations with crosswind between 5 and 20 kt should
not exceed 58 % TQ.

GROUND OR FLIGHT OPERATION


H If a propeller is involved in an overspeed or in an engine overtorque
refer to the propeller maintenance manual.

R FLIGHT OPERATION
H ATR airplanes are protected against a positioning of power levers
below the flight idle stop in flight by an IDLE GATE device.
It is reminded that any attempt to override this protection is prohibited.
Such positioning may lead to loss of airplane control or may result in
an engine overspeed condition and consequent loss of engine power.

Eng : PW127
2 -- 04 NOV 92
LIMITATIONS APR 93
PAGE : 4 001 DEC 93
AFM POWER PLANT EASA FEB 94
AUG 07
APPROVED AUG 95
JUL 04
2 . 04 . 03 -- OIL SYSTEM JUL 05
JUL 06
SPECIFICATION SEP 06
Refer to specification PWA 521 type II

2 . 04 . 04 -- STARTER
3 starts with a 1 minute 30 seconds maximum combined starter running time
followed by 4 minutes OFF.

2 . 04 . 05 -- FUEL SYSTEM
R Acceptable fuels : Jet A, Jet A1, JP5 and RT, TS1.
Use of JP4 and Jet B is prohibited.

TEMPERATURE
• For flight preparation, a minimum fuel temperature must be taken
into account to ensure adequate relight :
R --34oC for fuel types JET A, JET A1 and RT, TS1.
--26oC for fuel type JP5.
• Maximum temperature :
R 57oC for fuel types JET A, JET A1, JP 5 and RT, TS1.

REFUELING
Maximum pressure 3.5 bars (50 PSI)

USABLE FUEL
The total quantity of fuel usable in each tank is : 2500 kg (5510 lbs)

NOTE :Fuel remaining in the tanks when quantity indicators show zero is not
usable in flight.
UNBALANCE
Maximum fuel unbalance : 730 kg (1609 lbs)

FEEDING
• Each electrical pump is able to supply one engine in the whole
flight envelope.
• One electrical pump and associated jet pump are able to supply
both engines in the whole flight envelope.

R
2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

2 . 05 . 01 -- AIR PRESSURIZATION
Maximum differential pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.35 PSI
Maximum negative differential pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -- 0.5 PSI
Maximum differential pressure for landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.35 PSI
Maximum differential pressure for OVBD VALVE
full open selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 PSI
Maximum altitude for one bleed off operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20000 ft

2 . 05 . 02 -- HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Specification : Hyjet IV or Skydrol LD 4

2 . 05 . 03 -- LANDING GEAR
Towing with TOWBARLESS system is prohibited.
Do not perform pivoting (sharp turns) upon a landing gear with fully braked
wheels except in case of emergency.
R In case of ground speed over 165 kt all tires to be replaced.

2 . 05 . 04 -- FLAPS
Holding with any flaps extended is prohibited in icing conditions (except for
single engine operations).

2 . 05 . 05 -- AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM (AFCS)


-- Minimum height for autopilot engagement on take off : 100 ft
-- NAV mode for VOR approach, using either autopilot or flight director is
authorized only if :
-- a co--located DME is available, and
-- DME HOLD is not selected
-- Minimum height for use of either autopilot or flight director :
-- Except during take off or executing an approach : 1000 ft
-- VS or IAS mode during approach : 160 ft
-- CAT 1 APP mode : 160 ft
Refer to 7.01.03 for CAT II operation (if applicable).

2 . 05 . 06 -- INSTRUMENTS MARKING
Red arc or radial line : minimum and maximum limits
Yellow arc : caution area
Green arc : normal area
2 –05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 2 150
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC
APPROVED SEP 97

2 . 05 . 07 – CARGO DOOR OPERATION


Do not operate cargo door with a lateral wind component of more than 45 kt.
2 . 05 . 08 – MFC
Take off with two or more failed MFC modules is prohibited
2 . 05 . 09 – COMMUNICATIONS
Not applicable

Mod : 2456 Model :102 or 202 or 212


2 –05 Date de révision
LIMITATIONS antérieure
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC APR 94
APPROVED SEP 97
JAN 95
R 2 . 05 . 10 – ELECTRICAL AUG 95
Single DC GEN operation :
– In flight, if OAT exceeds ISA + 25, flight level must be limited to FL200
2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED JUL 08

2 . 05 . 11 -- TCAS

R When installed, Refer to appendix 7.01.04


2 –05
LIMITATIONS APR 98
PAGE : 5 150 NOV 98
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC
APPROVED SEP 99

2 . 05 . 12 – GPS

1 – GENERAL
R
The GPS Bendix/King KLN90B/BRNAV :
- complies with TSO C 129,
- is installed in compliance with FAA AC 20–138.
- has been demonstrated to meet the requirements of JAA TGL No2,
REV1,and FAA AC 20–138 for European B–RNAV operations.

2 – LIMITATIONS
Compliance with the above regulations does not constitute an
operational approval/authorization to conduct operations. Aircraft
operators must apply to their Authority for such an approval/
authorization.
- The system must be used with an updated active data base and the
waypoints position must be cross–checked with official charts.
- The flight must be conducted in L–NAV mode, using the flight director in
manual mode or the autopilot.
- This equipment is approved for use as a VFR and IFR supplemental
navigation means, en route and in terminal area up to the Initial Approach
Fix (IAF).
- The system must not be used for approaches, beyond IAF.
- The CDI scale factor selectable in the MOD pages must not be set at
the0.3 NM full scale deflection value.

3 – PROCEDURES
- If the RAIM function is lost, the flight crew must cross–check the aircraft
position using conventional means or must revert to an alternative means
of navigation.
- The following procedures apply for B–RNAV operations :
(a) during the pre–flight planning phase, the availability of GPS integrity
(RAIM) must be confirmed for the intended flight (route and time).
Dispatch must not be made in the event of predicted continuous loss of
RAIM of more than 5 minutes for any part of the intended flight.
(b) Traditional navigation equipment must be selected to available aids
so as to allow immediate cross–checking or reversion in the event of loss
of GPS navigation capability.

Mod : 4890
2 –05
LIMITATIONS NOV 98
PAGE : 5 350
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC
APPROVED SEP 99

2 . 05 . 12 – GPS

1 – GENERAL
The GPS Bendix/king KLN90B/BRNAV :
- complies with TSO C 129,
- is installed in compliance with FAA AC 20–138,
- has been demonstrated to meet the requirements of JAA TGL No2, REV
1 and FAA AC 20–138 for European B–RNAV operations.

2 – LIMITATIONS
Compliance with the above regulations does not constitute an
operational approval/authorization to conduct operations. Aircraft
operators must apply to their Authority for such an approval/
authorization.
- The system must be used with an updated active data base and the
waypoints position must be cross–checked with official charts.
- This equipment is approved for use as a VFR and IFR supplemental
navigation means, en route and in Terminal area up to the Initial
Approach Fix (IAF)
- The system must not be used for approaches, beyond IAF.
- The CDI scale factor selectable in the MOD pages must not be set at the
 0.3 NM full scale deflection value.

3 – PROCEDURES
- If the RAIM function is lost, the flight crew must cross–check the aircraft
position using conventional means or must revert to an alternative means
of navigation.
- The following procedures apply for B–RNAV operations :
(a) during the pre–flight planning phase, the availability of GPS integrity
(RAIM) must be confirmed for the intended flight (route and time).
Dispatch must not be made in the event of predicted continuous loss of
RAIM of more than 5 minutes for any part of the intended flight.
(b) Traditional navigation equipment must be selected to available aids
so as to allow immediate cross–checking or reversion in the event of loss
of GPS navigation capability.

Mod : 4890 + 5022


2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 6 020
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED JUL 08

R 2 . 05 . 13 -- TAWS
1. Navigation is not to be predicated on the use of the terrain display.

NOTE : The Terrain display is intended to serve as a situational awareness


tool only. It does not have the integrity, accuracy or fidelity on which
to solely base decisions for terrain or obstacle avoidance.
2.To avoid giving nuisance alerts, the predictive TAWS functions must be
inhibited when landing at an airport that is not included in the airport
database.

Mod : 5313 or 5467


2 –06
LIMITATIONS DEC 89
FEB 94
PAGE : 1 001 JAN 95
AFM ICING CONDITIONS DGAC
24 JAN 95
APPROVED
MAY 99 JUN 95
AUG 95
OCT 96
2 . 06 . 01 – ICING CONDITIONS FEB 99
• Atmospheric icing conditions exist when
– OAT on the ground and for take–off is at or below 5oC or when TAT in
flight is at or below 7oC,
– and visible moisture in any form is present (such as clouds, fog with
visibility of less than one mile, rain, snow, sleet and ice crystals).
• Ground icing conditions exist when
– OAT on the ground is at or below 5oC,
– and surface snow, standing water or slush is present on the ramps
taxiways and runways.
Take–off is prohibited when frost, snow or ice is adhering to the wings,
control surfaces or propellers.
Ć Operation in atmospheric icing conditions :
R NP setting below 86 % is prohibited.
All icing detection lights must be operative prior to flight at night .
NOTE :This supersedes any relief provided by the Master Minimum
Equipment List (MMEL).
The ice detector must be operative.
Refer to 3.04.01 for associated procedures and 6.06.02 for
performance data.
R Ć Operation in ground icing conditions :
Refer to 3.04.01 for associated procedures and to FCOM part 3 and to
AFM section 7.03 for advisory information on contaminated runways
penalties.

.../...
DEC 96
2 –06
LIMITATIONS FEB 99
PAGE : 2 001
AFM ICING CONDITIONS DGAC JUL 04
APPROVED

2 . 06 . 01 – ICING CONDITIONS (cont’d)


Ć Severe icing :
WARNING :
Severe icing may result from environmental conditions outside of those for
which the airplane is certificated. Flight in freezing rain, freezing drizzle, or
mixed icing conditions (supercooled liquid water and ice crystals) may result
in ice build–up on protected surfaces exceeding the capability of the ice
protection system, or may result in ice forming aft of the protected surfaces.
This ice may not be shed using the ice protection systems, and may
seriously degrade the performance and controllability of the airplane.
– During flight, severe icing conditions that exceed those for which the
airplane is certificated shall be determined by the following :
Visual cue identifying severe icing is characterized by ice covering all or a
R
substantial part of the unheated portion of either side window

and / or

Unexpected decrease in speed or rate of climb.

and / or
The following secondary indications :
. Water splashing and streaming on the windshield
. Unusually extensive ice accreted on the airframe in areas not normally
observed to collect ice.
. Accumulation of ice on the lower surface of the wing aft of the protected
area.
. Accumulation of ice on the propeller spinner farther aft than normally
observed.

The following weather conditions may be conductive to severe in–flight icing:


. Visible rain at temperatures close to 0_C ambient air temperature (SAT)
. Droplets that splash or splatter on impact at temperatures close to 0_C
ambient air temperature (SAT)

If one of these phenomena is observed, immediately request priority


handling from Air Traffic Control to facilitate a route or an altitude change to
exit the icing conditions. Apply procedure specified in the Emergency
Procedures chapter.
– Since the autopilot may mask tactile cues that indicate adverse changes in
handling characteristics, use of the autopilot is prohibited when the severe
icing defined above exists, or when unusual lateral trim requirements or
autopilot trim warnings are encountered while the airplane is in icing
conditions.
3 -- 00
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 120
AFM CONTENTS EASA
APPROVED JUL 08

3 . 00 -- CONTENTS

3 . 01 -- COCKPIT PREPARATION CHECKS

ENGINE FIRE PROTECTION


TRIMS
ENGINE
CVR / DFDR

3 . 02 -- DAILY CHECKS

ATPCS TEST
STICK PUSHER / SHAKER TEST
TRIMS

3 . 03 -- TAKE OFF

3 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONDITIONS

ICING CONDITIONS
SEVERE TURBULENCE

3 . 05 -- APPROACH AND LANDING

NORMAL LANDING
MISSED APPROACH

3 . 06 -- CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION

R 3 . 07 -- TAWS

Mod : 4111
3 –01
NORMAL PROCEDURES DEC 89
PAGE : 1 001 OCT 96
AFM COCKPIT PREPARATION CHECKS DGAC SEP 03
APPROVED

3 . 01 . 01 – ENGINE FIRE PROTECTION


– Check ENG 2 (1) fire handle IN and latched
– Extinguish any white lt
– Depress SQUIB TEST pb and check both AGENT SQUIB lt illuminate
– Select TEST sw on FIRE and check :
. ENG FIRE red lt illuminates into associated fire handle
. CCAS is activated (CRC + MW lt flashing red + ENG 2 (1) red lt on CAP)

– Select TEST sw on FAULT and check :


. both LOOP A and LOOP B FAULT lt illuminate
. CCAS is activated (sc + MC lt flashing + LOOP amber lt on CAP)

3 . 01 . 02 – TRIMS
R Before each flight :

– Check PITCH, ROLL and YAW TRIM operation

– Check STBY PITCH TRIM operation, check GUARDED SW in OFF position

See Daily Check in 3–02 page 1

3 . 01 . 03 – ENGINE
Turn ATPCS to ARM
– CHECK ATPCS ARM green light illuminates
Turn ATPCS to ENG position
– CHECK associated ENG UPTRIM light illuminates
– 2.15 s later check ATPCS ARM light extinguishes.

3 . 01 . 04 – CVR / DFDR
– CVR
Depress TEST pb : check pointer moves to a location between 8 and 10
– DFDR
Check STATUS amber lights not lit.
3 –02
NORMAL PROCEDURES SEP 95
PAGE : 1 160
OCT 96
AFM DAILY CHECKS DGAC
APPROVED SEP 03

3 . 02 . 01 – ATPCS TEST (autofeather and uptrim while engines run)


Conditions : – Both CLs AUTO
– Both PLs at GI
– ATPCS pb depressed. OFF extinguished.
– PWR MGT selector on TO position

ARM positions – ARM light illuminates green


– TORQUE indications increase
– NP and NH indications decrease

ENG positions – Selected engine torque decreases below 18 %


– Opposite engine :
– Torque doesn’t change
– UPTRIM light illuminates
– NP and NH increase slightly
– 2.15 seconds later :
– concerned propeller is automatically feathered
– ARM green light extinguishes.

CAUTION :Do not perform ENG TEST while taxiing as ACW is temporarily lost
and consequently, both main hyd. pumps are temporarily lost as
well.
3 . 02 . 02 – STICK PUSHER / SHAKER TEST
– Release gust lock
– Push Control column in nose down position
– Select WARN rotary selector (LH maintenance panel) to STICK PUSHER
YES
– depress and maintain PTT
– monitor stall cricket and stick shaker
– after ten seconds delay, monitor
. CHAN 1 and CHAN 2 illuminate green on LH maintenance panel
. STICK PUSHER lights illuminate green on both pilots panel
. stick pusher actuator operates.
R 3 . 02 . 03 – TRIMS
For the first flight of the day :
– Check PITCH, ROLL and YAW TRIM operation as follows :
–Check the normal TRIM activation in both directions by depressin
simultaneously both control rocker switches
–For few seconds depress independently each single control rocker switch
and check the non–activation of the corresponding TRIM in both possible
directions
–Reset TRIMS as required for take off

Mod : 3973 or 4371 Eng : PW127


3 –03
NORMAL PROCEDURES SEP 95
PAGE : 1 240 OCT 96
AFM TAKE OFF DGAC
APPROVED SEP 97

3 . 03 . 01 – TAKE OFF
– Anti–skid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . test
– Set flaps 15 and pitch trim as required
– PWR MGT selectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
– CLs (both) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO

 BOTH EEC’s ON
– Advance PL to power lever notch.
– At VR rotate to the required pitch attitude to maintain an airspeed at or
above V2.
– When a positive vertical speed is confirmed, select landing gear up.
– At safe height :
 accelerate up to at least VFTO (flaps 0)
 retract flaps

R Mod : (3973 or 4371) + 4111


3 –04 OCT 96
NORMAL PROCEDURES
SEP 97
PAGE : 1 250 FEB 99
AFM FLIGHT CONDITIONS DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED SEP 00

3 . 04 . 01 – ICING CONDITIONS
• DEFINITION
Refer to 2 .06 .01
J Procedure for operation in atmospheric icing conditions :
• As soon as and as long as atmospheric icing conditions exist, the
following procedures must be applied :
ANTI–ICING (propellers, horns, side–windows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
PROP MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . According to SAT
NP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Confirm w 86 %
PWR MGT rotary selector, if in cruise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Confirm CRZ1
Minimum maneuver/operating
icing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BUGGED AND OBSERVED
ICE ACCRETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
NOTE : horns anti icing selection triggers the illumination of the ”ICING
AOA” green light, and lowers the AOA stall warning threshold.
R • At first visual indication of ice accretion and as long as atmospheric icing
conditions exist, the following procedure must be applied :
– ANTI ICING (propellers, horns, side windows) . . . . . . CONFIRM ON
– DE ICING ENG 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
– AIRFRAME DE ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
– Eng and airframe MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACCORDING TO SAT
– Minimum maneuver/operating
icing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM BUGGED AND OBSERVED
NOTE : Be alert to severe icing detection.
In case of severe icing refer to Emergency Procedures 4.05.05.
R • When leaving icing conditions, DE ICING and ANTI ICING may be
switched OFF.
• When the aircraft is visually verified clear of ice, ICING AOA caption may
be cancelled and normal speeds may be used.
NOTE : Experience has shown that the last part to clear is the ice
evidence probe. As long as this condition is not reached, the icing
speeds must be observed and the ICING AOA caption must not
be cancelled.

Mod : 4111 + (3973 or 4371)


3 –04 FEB 96
NORMAL PROCEDURES OCT 96
PAGE : 1 350 SEP 97
AFM FLIGHT CONDITIONS DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED SEP 00 MAY 99

3 . 04 . 01 – ICING CONDITIONS
• DEFINITION
Refer to 2 . 06 . 01
 Procedure for operation in atmospheric icing conditions :
• As soon as and as long as atmospheric icing conditions exist, the
following procedures must be applied :
ANTI–ICING (propellers, horns, side–windows, engines) . . . . . . . . ON
PROP MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . According to SAT
NP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Confirm w 86 %
PWR MGT rotary selector, if in cruise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Confirm CRZ1
Minimum maneuver/operating
icing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BUGGED AND OBSERVED
ICE ACCRETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
NOTE : horns anti icing selection triggers the illumination of the ”ICING
AOA” green light, and lowers the AOA stall warning threshold.
R • At first visual indication of ice accretion and as long as atmospheric icing
conditions exist, the following procedure must be applied :
– ANTI ICING (propellers, horns, side windows, engines) CONFIRM ON
– DE ICING (airframe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
– Eng and airframe MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACCORDING TO SAT
– Minimum maneuver/operating
icing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM BUGGED AND OBSERVED
NOTE : Be alert to severe icing detection.
In case of severe icing refer to Emergency Procedures 4.05.05.
R • When leaving icing conditions, DE ICING and ANTI ICING may be
switched OFF.
• When the aircraft is visually verified clear of ice, ICING AOA caption may
be cancelled and normal speeds may be used.
NOTE : Experience has shown that the last part to clear is the ice
evidence probe. As long as this condition is not reached , the
icing speeds must be observed and the ICING AOA caption must
not be cancelled.

Mod : 1742 + 4111 + (3973 or 4371)


3 –04 FEB 95
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 140 AUG 95
AFM FLIGHT CONDITIONS DGAC
APPROVED SEP 98 OCT 96

• MINIMUM MANEUVER / OPERATING ICING SPEEDS :

Whenever ICING AOA light is lit, the following minimum icing speeds must
be observed :

MINIMUM MANEUVER / OPERATING


FLAPS MAXIMUM BANK ANGLE
ICING SPEED
0 1.40 VS1G 15o
1.23 VS1G T/O, 2nd segment 15o
1.30 VS1G En route 15o
15 1.35 VS1G APPROACH 30o

1.25 VS1G GO AROUND 15o


30 1.32 VS1G 30o

CAUTION :For obstacle clearance, the en–route configuration with engine


failure is FLAPS 15 at a minimum speed of 1.30 VS1G if ice
accretion is observed.
J Procedure for take–off with ground icing conditions but no atmospheric
icing conditions :
• For take off the following procedure MUST BE APPLIED :
PROP ANTI ICING ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
NOTE : It is recommended when possible to cycle landing gear after take
off.
• Minimum maneuver/operating speeds :
The normal minimum maneuver/operating speeds are applicable.
R Refer to FCOM part 3 and AFM section 7.03 for information on
contaminated runways penalties.

NOTE : Horns anti icing must not be selected ON to avoid lowering AOA of
the stall warning threshold.

Mod : 4111 Eng : PW127 Model : 211 – 212


3 –04 FEB 95
NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUG 95
PAGE : 3 120
AFM FLIGHT CONDITIONS DGAC
APPROVED SEP 97

3 . 04 . 02 – SEVERE TURBULENCE
– SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Maintain the speed at or below VRA : 180 kt CAS.

R Mod : 4111
3 –05 AUG 95
NORMAL PROCEDURES OCT 96
PAGE : 1 150 SEP 97
AFM APPROACH AND LANDING DGAC DEC 97
APPROVED
SEP 00
SEP 98

3 . 05 . 01 – NORMAL LANDING
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
LANDING gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN/3 GREEN
TLU GREEN LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK LIT
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
R PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO

R D After nose wheel touch down


Both PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
Both LO PITCH lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check illuminated
CAUTION :If a thrust dissymmetry occurs or if one LO PITCH light is
not illuminated the use of any reverser is not allowed.

3 . 05 . 02 – MISSED APPROACH (both power plants operating)


– Depress Go around push button on PLs.
– Set Go around power.
– Simultaneously retract flaps one notch and rotate to the required pitch attitude.
– Accelerate to or maintain Go around speed.
– With positive rate of climb :
– Retract landing gear

Mod : 4111 Eng : PW127


3 –06 MAY 92
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION DGAC SEP 97
APPROVED

R 3 . 06 . 01 – CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION

NOT APPLICABLE
3 -- 07
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 020
AFM TAWS EASA
APPROVED JUL 08

R 3 . 07 . 01 TERRAIN AWARENESS ALERTING SYSTEM -- TAWS


1. General
Following a EGPWS warning, the crew must immediately focus their
attention on terrain proximity.
Positive action to alter the flight path or / and to change the configuration
should be initiated immediately.

2. Inputs
EGPWS is associated with the following systems :

• ADC 1
• Radio altimeter
• ILS 2
• SGU 1 and 2
• Flaps position
• Landing gear position
• GNSS (if installed) or EGPWS internal GPS card
• AHRS 1
• Weather radar
3. Outputs
3.1. Basic GPWS modes

- For modes 1 -- 2 -- 3 and 4


• Visual warning : red ”GPWS” lights illuminate.
• Aural warning :
Mode 1”SINK RATE” “PULL UP”
Mode 2 : ”TERRAIN” PULL UP”
Mode 3 : ”DON’T SINK”
Mode 4 : According to speed and / or flaps / gear setting :
”TOO LOW TERRAIN”
or ”TOO LOW GEAR”
or ”TOO LOW FLAPS”

- For mode 5
• Visual warning : amber ”GS” lights illuminate.
• Aural warning : ”GLIDE SLOPE”
- For mode 6
• Aural warning : ”MINIMUMS” ”MINIMUMS”.
• Aural warning : “FIVE HUNDRED”

Mod : 5313
3 -- 07
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 020
AFM TAWS EASA
APPROVED JUL 08

3 . 07 . 01 TERRAIN AWARENESS ALERTING SYSTEM -- TAWS


R (CONT’D)
3.2. Enhanced modes
- For TCF mode (Terrain Clearance Floor)
• Visual warning : red GPWS lights illuminate
• Aural warning : “TOO LOW Terrain”
- For TAD (Terrain Awareness & Display) mode
• Visual warning : red GPWS lights illuminate
• Aural caution : “Terrain ahead -- terrain ahead”
warning : “Terrain ahead -- Pull Up”
• EFIS display : conflicting terrain in red or yellow.
4 -- Operation
- During normal operations GPWS sw should be always set on ”NORM”
position and TERR pb must be depressed in.
- In case of emergency conditions GPWS sw and TERR pb may be turned
on ”OFF” position. Refer to chapter 4.05, Ditching and forced landing.
- In case of landing in abnormal flaps conditions GPWS sw may be turned
on ”OVRD” position, refer to chapter 5.04, flight controls.
- Terrain Awareness Caution. When a terrain awareness CAUTION
occurs, verify the aeroplane flight path and correct it if required. If in
doubt, perform a climb until the CAUTION alert ceases.
- Terrain Awareness Warning. If a terrain awareness WARNING occurs,
immediately initiate and continue a climb that will provide maximum
terrain clearance until all alerts cease. Only vertical manoeuvres are
recommended, unless operating in visual meteorological conditions
(VMC), and/or the pilot determines, based on available information, that
turning in addition to the vertical escape manoeuvre is a safer course of
action.
Notes
- All modes are inhibited by stall warning.
- Mode 5 is active only when ILS2 is tuned on the correct frequency and
gear down.
- GPWS or TERR FAULT illumination indicates that some or all basic or
enhanced modes are lost.
In that case, the remaining alerts must be considered as valid and
taken into account.
- If the WX radar control is selected OFF, no terrain information will be
displayed on the EHSI and TERR FAULT amber light will be
illuminated.
Even in case of a radar failure, select the STBY position.

Mod : 5313
4 - 00
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS EASA
APPROVED NOV 11

4 . 00 -- CONTENTS

4 . 01 -- INTRODUCTION

4 . 02 -- POWER PLANT
IN FLIGHT ENG FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE
ON GROUND ENG FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE
R ENG FIRE AT TAKE OFF
BOTH ENGINES FLAME OUT

4 . 03 -- SMOKE
SMOKE
ELECTRICAL SMOKE
AIR COND SMOKE
FWD SMOKE
AFT SMOKE
AUX AFT COMPT SMOKE

4 . 04 -- ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
DUAL DC GEN LOSS

4 . 05 -- MISCELLANEOUS
EMERGENCY DESCENT
DITCHING
FORCED LANDING
ON GROUND EMERGENCY EVACUATION
SEVERE ICING
RECOVERY AFTER STALL OR UNCOMMANDED ROLL CONTROL
R UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION
4 –01
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM INTRODUCTION DGAC
APPROVED
SEP 89

– The following procedures have been established and recommended by the


aircraft manufacturer and approved by the Airworthiness Authorities for
application in the event of a serious failure.

– The framed items correspond to actions performed by memory by the crew


within a minimum period of time.

– It is assumed that in general, all failures are indicated by the operation of


specific system warnings and/or by direct observation.

– The actions recommended may result in the loss of certain systems not
associated with the failure.

– If actions depend on a precondition, a preceding black square J is used to


identify the precondition.

– Whenever a procedure calls for LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, the


seriousness of the situation as well as use of the nearest suitable airport
should be taken into consideration.

– However, whenever fire is encountered on the airplane, landing at the nearest


suitable airport is recommended.
After conducting any fire suppression/smoke evacuation procedure, even
though smoke has been dissipated, if it has not or cannot be visibly verified
that the fire has been put out, immediately land at the nearest suitable airport.

– Whenever a fire extinguisher is discharged in the cockpit, the crew should go


to 100 % oxygen.

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


4 - 02
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED
NOV 11

R 4 . 02 . 01 -- IN FLIGHT ENG FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE

PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR FUEL THEN SO
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
J If condition persist after 10 seconds
FIRST AGENT affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
J If condition persist after 30 seconds
SECOND AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
LAND ASAP

R
4 . 02 . 02 -- ON GROUND ENG FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE

PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI / REVERSE AS RQD
F When aircraft is stopped
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGE
CL 1+ 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
J If condition persist
FIRST AGENT affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
J If condition persist after 30 seconds
SECOND AGENT affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH

J If evacuation is required
ON GROUND EMERGENCY EVACUATION procedure . . . . APPLY
4 - 02
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED
NOV 11

R 4 . 02 . 02 -- ENG FIRE AT TAKE OFF

Note: Captain may decide to start memory items before reaching acceleration
altitude, but not before 400ft AGL.

F When airborne
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
F At acceleration altitude
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
F At VFTO
J If normal conditions
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°
J If icing conditions
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN 15°
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLE illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
J If fire persist after 10 seconds
FIRST AGENT affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
J If fire persist after 30 seconds
SECOND AGENT affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
BLEED engine alive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF (if necessary)

LAND ASAP
4 - 02
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 3 120
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED NOV 11

4 . 02 . 02 -- BOTH ENGINES FLAME OUT

PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If NH drops below 30% (no automatic relight)
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO

NOTE : See engine relight envelope (chapter 5)

J If neither engine starts


FORCED LANDING or DITCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREPARE

Mod : 4111
4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SMOKE EASA SEP 09
APPROVED

4 . 03 . 00 -- SMOKE

CREW OXY MASKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON / 100%


GOGGLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
CREW COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESTABLISH
RECIRC FANS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

SMOKE SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY


J If source not identified or electrical smoke suspected
NOTE: ELEC light may be activated by an air conditioning smoke source
ELECTRICAL SMOKE procedure (4.03.01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If air conditioning smoke identified
AIR CONDITIONING SMOKE procedure (4.03.02) . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If FWD SMK illuminated or smoke in FWD zone of aircraft
FWD SMOKE procedure (4.03.03) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If AFT SMK illuminated or smoke in AFT zone of aircraft
AFT SMOKE procedure (4.03.04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If AUX AFT COMPT SMK illuminated (depending on models)
AUX AFT COMPT SMOKE procedure (4.03.05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

4 . 03 . 01 -- ELECTRICAL SMOKE

R SMOKE procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY


AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH
DC SVCE AND UTLY BUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
DC BTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISOL
ACW GEN 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
SUSPECTED EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If smoke origin not identifed
LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE
• When ∆ P < 1 PSI
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM
4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SMOKE EASA
APPROVED SEP 09

4 . 03 . 02 -- AIR CONDITIONING SMOKE

R SMOKE procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY


PACK VALVE 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA

J If smoke persists
PACK VALVE 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
PACK VALVE 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ENGINES PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAREFULLY MONITOR
J If any anomaly occurs such as :
R -- amber engine caution illumination associated to local ITT alert
-- total loss of NL indication
-- engine abnormality clearly identified (NH, NL, ITT indications,
noise, surge...)
R CAUTION: Confirm which engine is showing signs of abnormal
operation in order to avoid shutting down the safe
engine.
PL afffected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL afffected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
SINGLE ENG OPER PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 3 002
AFM SMOKE EASA
APPROVED
SEP 09

4 . 03 . 03 -- FWD SMOKE

1) PASSENGERS VERSION
R SMOKE procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADVISE
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH
EXTRACT AIR FLOW LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLOSED

CABIN CREW WITH PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER LOCATE AND


KILL SOURCE OF SMOKE

• When ∆ P < 1 PSI


OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM

2) CARGO VERSION
R SMOKE procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
CAB ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX INCREASE
ENG 2 BLEED (except when in single bleed operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PACK VALVE 2 (except when in single pack operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAB VENT AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FLIGHT COMPT TEMP SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOT

CAUTION : LAND ASAP -- If a quick landing is not possible : climb and maintain
minimum FL 160, FL 200 is recommended.
NOTE : Smoke alert may be generated during smoke evacuation process.

Model : 102 -- 202 -- 212


4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SMOKE EASA
APPROVED
SEP 09

4 . 03 . 04 -- AFT SMOKE
1) PASSENGERS VERSION
R SMOKE procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADVISE FOR ACTION
AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH

2) CARGO VERSION
R SMOKE procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
CAB ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX INCREASE
ENG 2 BLEED (except when in single bleed operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PACK VALVE 2 (except when in single pack operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAB VENT AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FLIGHT COMPT TEMP SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOT

CAUTION : LAND ASAP -- If a quick landing is not possible : climb and maintain
minimum FL 160, FL 200 is recommended.
NOTE : Smoke alert may be generated during smoke evacuation process.

R
4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 5 001
AFM SMOKE EASA SEP 09
APPROVED

4 . 03 . 05 -- AUX AFT COMPT SMOKE (IF APPLICABLE)

R SMOKE procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY


AUX AFT COMPT AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCHARGE
4 -- 04
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM ELECTRICAL SYSTEM EASA
APPROVED
SEP 09

4 . 04 . 01 -- DUAL DC GEN LOSS

R DC GEN 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF then ON


J If no generator recovered
LAND ASAP
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 O’CLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
BAT SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD
CAPT EHSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ATC (VHF 1 or HF or HF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
MIN CAB LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
NOTE :NAV lights switch set to ON is necessary to provide IEP illumination
STICK PUSHER/SHAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
STICK PUSHER/SHAKER FAULT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
SIDE WINDOWS ANTI--ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HF (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ADC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET TO ADC 1
ATC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET TO ATC 1
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN MODE LO SPD
F When TLU LO SPD illuminates
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
CAUTION : Avoid large rudder input if IAS above 180 kt.
MAIN BATTERY CHARGE (on LH maintenance panel) . . . . . . CHECK
BUS EQPT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
J If STBY BUS UNDV light illuminates
STBY BUS . . . . . . . . . . . For approach, OVRD only when necessary
F Before descent
PAX INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE PA
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
F At touch down
IDLE GATE LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 250
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA
APPROVED AUG 07

4 . 05 . 01 -- EMERGENCY DESCENT

R OXY MASKS / CREW COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD


GOOGLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
DESCENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
PL 1+ 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD

OXY PAX SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD


SPEED . . . . . . MMO / VMO (or less if structural damage is suspected)
SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK

Mod : 4111 + (3973 or 4371)


4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA SEP 09
APPROVED

4 . 05 . 02 -- DITCHING

F Preparation
ATC (VHF 1 or HF or HF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R TERR (If TAWS installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CABIN and COCKPIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREPARE
AUTO PRESS -- LDG ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET

F Approach
J If ∆P ≠ 0
AUTO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUMP
PACKS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
FLAPS (If available) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
F 30 seconds before impact or 1250 ft above sea level
DITCH PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
CABIN REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OBTAIN

F Before ditching (200 ft)


MINIMIZE IMPACT SLOPE
OPTIMUM PITCH ATTITUDE FOR IMPACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
BRACE FOR IMPACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORDER
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLES 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
FUEL PUMPS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
NOTE : In case of night ditching, shutting down both engines may be
performed at captain discretion, immediately after the impact
(avoiding loss of landing lights during flare out).
F After ditching
NOTE : After ditching, one aft door will be under the water line.
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
EVACUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
F Before leaving aircraft
BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA
APPROVED
SEP 09

4 . 05 . 03 -- FORCED LANDING

F Preparation
ATC (VHF 1 or HF or HF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R TERR (If TAWS installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CABIN and COCKPIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREPARE
AUTO PRESS -- LDG ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET

F Approach
FLAPS (If available) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
AUTO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUMP
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
CABIN REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OBTAIN

F Before impact (200 ft)


BRACE FOR IMPACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORDER
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLES 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
FUEL PUMPS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
NOTE : In case of night forced landing, shutting down both engines may be
performed at captain discretion, immediately after the impact
(avoiding loss of landing lights during flare out).
F After impact, when aircraft stopped
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
AGENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
EVACUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
F Before leaving aircraft
BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA SEP 09
APPROVED

4 . 05 . 04 -- ON GROUND EMERGENCY EVACUATION

AIRCRAFT / PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STOP / ENGAGE


R AUTO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUMP
ATC (VHF 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
MIN CAB LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
FIRE HANDLES 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
AGENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
FUEL PUMPS 1+ 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
EVACUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
F Before leaving aircraft
BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
4 –05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 5 050
AFM MISCELLANEOUS DGAC SEP 03
APPROVED

4 . 05 . 05 – SEVERE ICING
R
MINIMUM ICING SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE RED BUG by 10 kt
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
CL / PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% / MCT
AP (if engaged) . . . . . . FIRMLY HOLD CONTROL WHEEL and DISENGAGE
SEVERE ICING CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESCAPE
ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY

H If an unusual roll response or uncommanded roll control movement is


observed :
Push firmly on the control wheel
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

H If the flaps are extended, do not retract them until the airframe is clear of
ice

H If the aircraft is not clear of ice :


GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLAP OVRD
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
APP/LDG CONF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN FLAPS 15
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . with “REDUCED FLAPS APP/LDG icing speeds” + 5 kt
Multiply landing distance FLAPS 30 by 2.12

.../...

Eng : PW127
4 –05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 6 001 OCT 96
AFM MISCELLANEOUS DGAC FEB 99
SEP 03 MAY 99
APPROVED
SEP 99

4 . 05 . 05 – SEVERE ICING (CONT’D)


R
DETECTION

Visual cue identifying severe icing is characterized by ice covering all or a


substantial part of the unheated portion of either side window

and / or

Unexpected decrease in speed or rate of climb

and / or

The following secondary indications :


. Water splashing and streaming on the windshield
. Unusually extensive ice accreted on the airframe in areas not normally
observed to collect ice
. Accumulation of ice on the lower surface of the wing aft of the protected
areas
. Accumulation of ice on propeller spinner farther aft than normally
observed
The following weather conditions may be conducive to severe in–flight icing :
. Visible rain at temperatures close to 0_C ambient air temperature (SAT)
. Droplets that splash or splatter on impact at temperatures close to 0_C
ambient air temperature (SAT)
4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 7 150
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA NOV 11
Approved

4 . 05 . 06 -- RECOVERY AFTER STALL OR UNCOMMANDED ROLL


CONTROL

CONTROL WHEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PUSH FIRMLY


H If flaps 00 configuration
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15°
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
CL / PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% / MCT
ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
H If flaps are extended
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
CL / PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% / MCT
ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
NOTE: This procedure is applicable whatever the LDG GEAR position is
(DOWN or UP).

4 . 05 . 07 -- UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION


AP/YD/FD BARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF/OFF/STBY
PITCH AND TQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN
H If take off or GA below 1500 ft
PITCH IMMEDIATELY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8°
ICING / VISIBLE VOLCANIC ASHES CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESCAPE
PROBE HEATING, DE--/ANTI--ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK ON
APM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
WARNING: respect STALL alarm.
NOTE: Use any GPS Speed information if available.
F Take off phase, at or above acceleration altitude
. ALTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN AT LEAST 30 SECONDS
. FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°
. PITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8°
NOTE: Use climb table here after to adjust pitch if required.
AFTER TAKE OFF normal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT
F Climb
. TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
. PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLB
. PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTCH
.../...

Mod: 3973 or 4371 Eng: PW127


4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 8 150
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA
Approved NOV 11

4 . 05 . 07 -- UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION (CONT’D)

Altitude (ft) 5000 10000 15000 20000


Normal conditions
7° 5° 4° 3°
pitch
Icing conditions
6° 4° 3° 2°
pitch
F Cruise
. ALTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI SPD
NOTE: Average pitch in cruise is around 0°.
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRZ
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTCH
F Descent
. TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI SPD
. PITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN AT --2.5°
. PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST 30% TQ
DESCENT normal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F Initial approach
. TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
. APPROACH normal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CAUTION : Transition from clean configuration to LDG configuration is to be
performed in level flight -- REFER TO ALTIMETER -- (if possible 30 seconds
between each step).
NOTE: Refer to following tables to adjust TQ:
Aircraft configuration TQ (Altitude of 3000ft)
-- Average speed 14 T 18 T 22 T
Flaps 0° -- 180 kt 40% 40% 45%
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15°
Flaps 15° -- 150 kt 35% 35% 40%
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30°
Flaps 30° -- 130 kt 45% 45% 50%

F Final Approach
. PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST 35% TQ
BEFORE LANDING normal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
NOTE: Set an average pitch of --5° for a 3° slope approach.

Mod: 3973 or 4371 Eng: PW127


5 -- 00
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

5 . 00 -- CONTENTS

5 . 01 -- INTRODUCTION

5 . 02 -- ENGINE
R ENG FLAME OUT
ENG OIL LO PR
EEC FAULT
ENG RELIGHT ENVELOPE
R ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT
ENG NAC OVHT

5 . 03 -- FLYING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE


TAKE OFF
APPROACH AND LANDING
MISSED APPROACH

5 . 04 -- SYSTEMS
FUEL
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
FLIGHT CONTROLS
LANDING GEAR
AIR
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
MFC
AUTOPILOT
R PROPELLER CONTROL (if applicable)
MISCELLANEOUS
5 -- 01
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM INTRODUCTION EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

-- The procedures contained in this chapter have been established and


recommended by the aircraft manufacturer and approved by the
Airworthiness Authorities as acceptable procedures for a proper use of the
aircraft.

-- They give information related to system and operational requirements and


cover the actions to be followed in case of failures which are not considered as
emergency cases (these cases are covered in chapter 4).

R -- J : a preceding black square is used to identify a precondition for given


action(s).

-- F : a preceding black dot is used to indicate the moment when given


action(s) have to be applied.

-- Only particular operations, which are considered useful to highlight are


presented. Those procedures which are considered to be “basic airmanship”
are therefore not covered.
5 -- 02
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 040
AFM ENGINE EASA
APPROVED SEP 09

R 5 . 02 . 01 -- ENG FLAME OUT


PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If NH drops below 30 % (no immediate relight)
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
J If damage suspected
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If no damage suspected
ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If unsuccessful
SINGLE ENG OPERATION IN FLIGHT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

5 . 02 . 02 -- ENG OIL LO PR
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If both OIL LO PR alert on CAP and local alert are activated
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If local alert only is activated
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
Once engine is shut off
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR
J If CCAS is activated after 30 seconds
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SO
ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If not
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SO
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If OIL LO PR alert on CAP only is activated
DISREGARD
INFORM MAINTENANCE
J If single engine operation required
NP of feathered engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
J If NP of feathered engine above 10%
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIMIT NOT TO EXCEED 101%
APPROACH SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT

Mod : 4111
5 -- 02
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 2 250
AFM ENGINE EASA
APPROVED SEP 09

5 . 02 . 03 -- ONE EEC FAULT


ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAUTION :DO NOT DESELECT EEC FLASHING
F When adequate flight situation
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETARD IN GREEN SECTOR
EEC affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
J If successful
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESTORE POWER
J If unsuccessful
R EEC affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESTORE POWER
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HANDLING THROTTLE WITH CARE
F In the following cases: icing conditions, engine(s) flame out,
emergency descent, severe turbulence, heavy rain
MAN IGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
F In final approach
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
F After landing
TAXI WITH THE AFFECTED ENGINE FEATHERED

Mod : (3973 or 4371) + 4111


5 -- 02
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 3 100
AFM ENGINE EASA
APPROVED SEP 09

R 5 . 02 . 04 -- ENG RELIGHT ENVELOPE

5 . 02 . 05 -- ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT


FUEL SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SO
PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI

CAUTION : After ATPCS sequence PWR MGT rotary selector must be set to
MCT position before engine restart in order to cancel propeller
feathering.
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START A & B
EEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET if necessary or DESELECT if FAULT persists
START PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
F At 10 % NH
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR
RELIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST TO OTHER ENGINE
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
SYSTEMS AFFECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESTORE

Mod : 3973 or 4371


5 -- 02
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM ENGINE EASA SEP 10
APPROVED

5 . 02 . 06 -- ENG NAC OVHT


J If during hotel mode operation
R PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
R CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR then FUEL SO

J If during taxi
AIRCRAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STOP
R PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SLIGHTLY INCREASE POWER

J If unsuccessful within 30 seconds


R PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
R CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
5 -- 03
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM FLYING WITH ONE ENGINE EASA
INOPERATIVE SEP 09
APPROVED

5 . 03 . 01 -- TAKE--OFF

" REJECTED TAKE OFF (engine flame out before V1)


Immediately and simultaneously :
BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAXIMUM
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI / REVERSE

" TAKE OFF WITH ENGINE FLAME OUT BETWEEN V1 AND V2.
-- At VR rotate to the safe pitch attitude.

-- With a positive vertical speed


LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETRACT
Use rudder and control wheel to control aircraft heading maintaining
aircraft wings essentially levelled

-- CLIMB AT V2
-- At acceleration altitude
R
J If normal conditions
BLEED 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM OFF
ACCELERATE UP TO 1.18 VsR FLAPS 0_
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETRACT
CLIMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTINUE AT THIS SPEED
PWR MGT ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . on expiry of RTO power limiting time
J If icing conditions
BLEED 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM OFF
ACCELERATE UP TO 1.38 VsR (PW124) or 1.30 VsR (PW127)
FLAPS 15_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN
CLIMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTINUE AT THIS SPEED
PWR MGT ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . on expiry of RTO power limiting time
CAUTION : RTO POWER IS ONLY ALLOWED FOR 10 MINUTES

" ENGINE FLAME OUT DURING INITIAL CLIMB OUT


-- Proceed as above however, if the flame out occurs above V2 it is
recommended to maintain the speed reached without exceeding
V2 + 10 Kt.
In any case the minimum speed must be equal to V2.
5 -- 03
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM FLYING WITH ONE ENGINE EASA
INOPERATIVE JUL 08
APPROVED

5 . 03 . 02 -- APPROACH AND LANDING

BLEED 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
NORMAL APPROACH AND LANDING CONFIGURATIONS . . . . . SELECT

NOTE : At touch down, do not reduce below FI before nose wheel is on the
ground.

5 . 03 . 03 -- MISSED APPROACH
Apply normal missed approach procedure (3.05.02).

At acceleration altitude proceed as for a take off with engine flame out between
V1 and V2 (5.03 p 1).
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

R 5 . 04 . 01 -- FUEL
" FEED LO PR
PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM ON
ENGINE affected side . . . . . . . . MONITOR FOR POSSIBLE RUN DOWN
J If engine runs down or if fuel quantity decreases significantly
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CAUTION :DO NOT OPEN X FEED VALVE
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1A 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

FUEL LEAK ALERT CONDITION


A fuel leak may be detected by either :
--sum of fuel on board (FOB), read in steady flight at cruise level, and fuel used
(FU), FOB+FU significantly less than fuel at departure or
--passenger observation (fuel spray from engine or wing tip) or
--total fuel quantity decreasing at an abnormal rate, or
--fuel imbalance, or
--a tank emptying too fast (leak from engine or a hole in a tank),or
--excessive fuel flow (leak from engine), or
--fuel smell in the cabin
R
" FUEL LO LVL
AVOID EXCESSIVE AIRCRAFT ATTITUDES
J If both LO LVL lights ON
LAND ASAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If LO LVL light on one side only
FUEL LEAK procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

" FUEL LEAK


F When a leak is confirmed
LAND ASAP
J Leak from engine (excessive fuel flow or feed spray from engine)
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLL
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If excessive fuel flow was identified before engine shutdown
FUEL X FEED valve can be opened
J In all other cases FUEL X FEED valve must remain closed
J Leak not located
FUEL X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN CLOSED
Note :FUEL X FEED valve must remain closed to prevent the leak
affecting both sides
F Before landing
LAND ASAP
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 2 160
AFM SYSTEMS EASA SEP 09
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 02 -- ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
" DC GEN FAULT
DC GEN affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If OAT exceeds ISA + 25
FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 MAX
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
" DC BUS 1 OFF
DC GEN 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM2
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
F At touch down
IDLE GATE LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
" DC BUS 2 OFF
DC GEN 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM1
VHF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
ADC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET TO ADC 1
F Before descent
PAX INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE PA
F After touch down
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
" DC EMER BUS OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
DESCENT TOWARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FL 100 / MEA
STBY PITCH TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USED AS RQD
ADC SW (ADC FAULT lights lost) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET TO ADC 2
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
J If ice accretion builds up on airframe
DE--ICING MODE SEL FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
PROPELLERS ANTI ICING FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
HORNS ANTI ICING FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R CM1 and STBY IAS INDICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPARE to CM2
R Note : Use CM2 instruments in case of disagreement.
F Before landing
ANTI--SKID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
N/W STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI--SKID FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

R Mod : 4116
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

" BAT CHG FAULT


CHG associated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
" DUAL BAT CHG LOSS
MFC modules, one at a time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
J If RESET unsuccessful
LAND ASAP
Note : Minimize use of VHF1 if conditions permit.
" DC SVCE/UTLY BUS SHED
DC SVCE/UTLY BUS PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
" AC BUS 2 OFF
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM1
" ACW GEN FAULT
ACW GEN affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
" ACW BUS 1 OFF / ACW BUS 2 OFF
ACW GEN affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
AS LONG AS ICING CONDITIONS EXIST
ICE ACCRETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VISUALLY MONITOR
J If ACW BUS 1 OFF
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM2
CM1 AIRSPEED INDICATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
J If ACW BUS 2 OFF
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM1
CM1 AIRSPEED INDICATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 3A 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

" ACW TOTAL LOSS


ACW GEN 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
AS LONG AS ICING CONDITIONS EXIST
ICE ACCRETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VISUALLY MONITOR
CM1 and CM2 AIRSPEED INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
AFFECTED EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MAIN HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LDG GEAR NORMAL EXTENSION/RETRACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOST
NORMAL BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOST
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.5
F Before landing
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
BLUE PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F After touch down
REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
BRAKE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER AS RQD
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED
SEP 09

5 . 04 . 03 -- HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
" HYD LO LVL
J If blue system affected
BLUE PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
AUX PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF (CONFIRMED)
REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F After touchdown
USE NORMAL BRAKE FOR STEERING
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
Note: For emergency / parking brake, the brake accumulator allows at
least six applications of braking force at full braking pressure.
J If green system affected
GREEN PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.5
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F After touchdown
REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
BRAKE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER AS RQD
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
R Note: For emergency / parking brake, the brake accumulator allows at
R least six applications of braking force at full braking pressure.
" HYD LO PR / HYD OVHT
PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
" BOTH MAIN HYD PUMPS LOSS
MAIN BLUE AND GREEN PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK OFF
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.5
R Note: Normal brake and landing gear extension and retraction are lost.
F Before landing
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
BLUE PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
FLAPS 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
FLAPS 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
F After touchdown
REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
BRAKE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER AS RQD
R Note: For emergency / parking brake, the brake accumulator allows at
R least six applications of braking force at full braking pressure.
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 5 150
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONTROLS
"REDUCED FLAPS LANDING
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLAP OVRD
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (> 4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED

LDG DIST
R FLAPS FLAPS 30 APP/LDG SPEED
MULTIPLY BY
0 2.2 1.23 VSR (0) + 5 kt + wind effect
15 2 1.23 VSR (15) + wind effect

R CAUTION :Tail strike may occur if pitch attitude exceeds 8_ during the flare
depending on vertical speed at touch down.
R " FLAPS UNLK
J If before V1
TAKE OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABORT
J If after V1
VR, V2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT
J If alarm occurs during approach
GA POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
VGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 K
F When possible
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
" FLAPS ASYM / UNCOUPLED / ASYM
FLAPS CTL LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEAR FLAPS PRESENT POSITION
REDUCED FLAP LANDING PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
"ELEVATOR JAMMING
CONTROL COLUMNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UNCOUPLE
AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT MAX
J If one elevator is stuck to full down position
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 KT MAX
J If left elevator is jammed
MINIMUM MANEUVER OPERATING SPEED . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT
J If elevator jamming occurs at take off
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 KT MAX
PITCH DISCONNECT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

Mod : 3973 Eng : PW127


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 5A 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONTROLS (CONT’D)


"PITCH TRIM INOPERATIVE
R EXISTING CONFIGURATION AND SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN AS LONG AS POSSIBLE
F For approach
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (> 4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTEND AT VFE FOR EACH CONFIGURATION
LDG SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 kt
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.13
"PITCH DISCONNECT
BOTH CONTROL COLUMNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK FREE
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT MAX
LOAD FACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 g MAX
BANK ANGLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30_ MAX UNTIL FLAPS EXTENSION
AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
F For approach
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (> 4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
LAND AT AIRPORT WITH MINIMUM CROSSWIND
LDG SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 kt
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.13
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REDUCE SMOOTHLY TO FLARE
" STICK PUSHER / SHAKER FAULT
STICK PUSHER / SHAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MINIMUM MANEUVER OPERATING SPEED . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.13
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 6 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

R 5 . 04 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONTROLS (CONT’D)


" TLU FAULT
J If ADC 1 + 2 are lost
J IAS above 185 kt
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI SPD
J IAS below 185 kt
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
DISREGARD TLU FAULT ALERT
J If at least one ADC operates
J IAS above 185 kt
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI SPD
J If TLU FAULT alarm persits
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT MAX
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
J IAS below 185 KT
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT MAX
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
DISREGARD TLU FAULT ALERT
J If TLU green light is not lit
VAPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.13
LAND AT AIRPORT WITH MINIMUM CROSSWIND
Note: Maximum demonstrated cross wind (dry runway) with TLU HI SPD
mode : 15 kt
" AILERON JAM / SPOILER JAM
BANK ANGLE LIMIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25o MAX
BLUE AND AUX HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LAND AT AIRPORT WITH MINIMUM CROSSWIND
F For approach
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (> 4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
BLUE AND AUX HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CAUTION: Do not extend FLAPS in turn
F When in landing confioguration
BLUE AND AUX HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
F Immediately after touch down
BLUE AND AUX HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES 5 - 04
PAGE : 7 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA NOV 11
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONTROLS (CONT’D)

" RUDDER JAMMING


STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (> 4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
LANDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLAPS 30
USE DIFFERENTIAL POWER TO MINIMIZE SIDE SLIP
LAND AT AIRPORT WITH MINIMUM CROSSWIND
• At touch down
NOSE DOWN BEFORE REDUCTION BELOW FI
" DUTCH ROLL TENDENCY / RUDDER RELEASABLE CENTER UNIT FAIL
J If YD is available
YD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGE
J If YD is not available
LOCK THE RUDDER PEDALS WITH THE FEET TO PREVENT
UNEXPECTED RUDDER PEDAL MOVEMENT
" PITCH TRIM ASYM (LOCAL LIGHT)
R AP DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM MANUALLY
PITCH TRIM INOPERATIVE procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 8 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
SEP 10
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 05 -- LANDING GEAR
" LDG GEAR UNSAFE INDICATION
J If LDG GEAR selected DOWN
J If GREEN LIGHT OFF on one panel only
UNSAFE INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISREGARD
J If GREEN LIGHT OFF on both panels
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If LDG GEAR selected UP
J If RED LIGHT ON on one panel only
UNSAFE INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISREGARD
J If RED or GREEN LIGHT ON on both panels
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 KT MAX
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
" LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXTENSION HANDLE . . . . . . . PULL ABOVE PEDESTAL LEVEL
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AND MAINTAIN UP TO GREEN LIGHTS ILLUMINATED
CAUTION: Do not twist the handle when operating.
" LDG GEAR RETRACTION IMPOSSIBLE
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 KT MAX
CCAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RECALL
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
" ANTI--SKID FAULT
R ANTI--SKID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LDG DISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.4
F At touch down
REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
NORMAL BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE WITH CARE
BRAKE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER AS RQD
" BRK TEMP HOT
J If BRK TEMP HOT occurs before take off
TAKE OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DELAY
J If BRK TEMP HOT occurs in flight
LEAVE LDG GEAR DOWN FOR 1 MINUTE AFTER TAKE OFF FOR
COOLING EXCEPT IN CASE OF EMERGENCY
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 9 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 06 -- AIR
" BLEED VALVE FAULT / BLEED VALVE OVHT
PACK VALVE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA
AVOID LARGE QUICK POWER CHANGES AT HIGH ALTITUDES
" BLEED LEAK
PACK VALVE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA
AVOID LARGE QUICK POWER CHANGES AT HIGH ALTITUDES
CAUTION: Do not restore the system in flight.
Note: If a bleed leak occurs on ground during taxi, go back to parking.
" PACK VALVE FAULT
PACK VALVE affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA
AVOID LARGE QUICK POWER CHANGES AT HIGH ALTITUDES
" DUCT OVHT
TEMP SEL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
COMPT TEMP SELECTOR affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COLD
CAUTION: Monitor DUCT TEMP and make sure it remains positive to avoid
possible pack turbine damage due to freezing.
J If alert persists
PACK VALVE affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA
AVOID LARGE QUICK POWER CHANGES AT HIGH ALTITUDES
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 9A 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 06 -- AIR (CONT’D)
" EXCESS CAB ALT
CABIN PRESS IND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
J If rapid decompression
EMERGENCY DESCENT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If Z cabin > 10000 ft confirmed
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 O’CLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DECREASE
J If unsuccessful
CREW OXYGEN MASKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CREW COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESTABLISH
OXYGEN PAX SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
OXYGEN PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
DESCENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD / MEA
" AUTO PRESS FAULT
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 O’CLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
" EXCESS CAB ∆ P
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 O’CLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX INCREASE
J If unsuccessful
DESCENT TO A COMPATIBLE FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES 5 -- 04
PAGE : 10 070
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 07 -- ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION


R
" ANTI--ICING PROP FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
ANTI--ICING PROP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If propeller unbalance due to ice becomes excessive
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOVE TO 100% OVRD for 5 minutes
" ANTI--ICING HORNS FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
J In icing conditions, every 5 minutes
FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT
" DE--ICING ENG FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
ENGINE PARAMETERS affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
" AFR AIR BLEED FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
AFR AIR BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If DE--ICING ENG FAULT light illuminates after 10 seconds
DE--ICING ENG affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
AFR AIR BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
AFR AIR BLEED FAULT light . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK EXTINGUISHED
J If DE--ICING ENG FAULT light does not illuminate after 10 seconds
DE--ICING AIR FRAME FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
" DE--ICING AIR FRAME FAULT
DE--ICING AIR FRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
MINIMUM ICING SPEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.13
" DE--ICING MODE SEL FAULT (Guarded PB)
OVRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
DE--ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
J In case of engine flame--out
OVRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RELEASE

Model : 1368 + (3973) or 4371


PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES 5 -- 04
PAGE : 10 170
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 07 -- ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION


R " ANTI--ICING PROP FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
ANTI--ICING PROP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If propeller unbalance due to ice becomes excessive
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOVE TO 100% OVRD for 5 minutes
" ANTI--ICING HORNS FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
J In icing conditions, every 5 minutes
FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT
" ANTI--ICING ENG FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
ENGINE PARAMETERS affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
" AFR AIR BLEED FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
AFR AIR BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If ANTI--ICING ENG FAULT light illuminates after 10 seconds
ANTI--ICING ENG affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
AFR AIR BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
AFR AIR BLEED FAULT light . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK EXTINGUISHED
J If ANTI--ICING ENG FAULT light does not illuminate after 10 seconds
DE--ICING AIR FRAME FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
" DE--ICING AIR FRAME FAULT
DE--ICING AIR FRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
MINIMUM ICING SPEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.13
" DE--ICING MODE SEL FAULT (Guarded PB)
OVRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
DE--ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
J In case of engine flame--out
OVRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RELEASE

Mod : 1368 + 1742 + (3973 or 4371)


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 11 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 08 -- MFC
" MFC 1A FAULT
AFFECTED MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
" MFC 1B FAULT
AFFECTED MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
J If failure during taxi out
R PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
F Prior take off
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
F After take off
PACKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEAVE DOWN for cooling for 1 minute
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . after take off except in case of emergency
F After landing
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 12 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

" MFC 2A FAULT


AFFECTED MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
R
JIf failure during taxi
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
F After take off
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
F At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F After landing
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
" MFC 2B FAULT
AFFECTED MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
JIf failure during taxi
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
F Prior take off
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
F After take off
PACKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEAVE DOWN for cooling for 1 minute
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . after take off except in case of emergency
F After landing
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES 5 -- 04
PAGE : 13 050
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

" MFC 1A + 1B FAULT


R AFFECTED MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
ANTI--ICING PROP 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI--ICING PROP FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DE-ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE FAULT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
RADAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
F Before landing
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
F After landing
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.
" MFC 1A+ 2A FAULT
AFFECTED MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN MODE
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R RADAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Note: Airframe FAULT amber alert is lost.
Note: When AIRFRAME DE--ICING is used monitor boots inflation.
Note: AP OFF ALERT is lost. Use of AP below 1000 ft AGL is prohibited.
F Before landing
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXTENSION HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
F At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F After landing
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN

Mod : 3973 or 4371


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 14 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

" MFC 1A + 2B FAULT


R AFFECTED MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
MAIN BLUE HUD PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
DE-ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
F Before landing
Note: Flaps control is lost.
REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXTENSION HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
F After landing
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.
" MFC 1B + 2A FAULT
AFFECTED MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
DE-ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
F Before landing
Note: Flaps control is lost.
REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXTENSION HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
CAUTION : LDG GEAR cannot be retracted.
F At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F After landing
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 15 050
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED
JUL 08

" MFC 2A + 2B FAULT


AFFECTED MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
ANTI-ICING PROP 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI-ICING PROP FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DE-ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F Before landing
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
F At touch-down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F After landing
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.
" MFC 1B + 2B FAULT
AFFECTED MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
OVERHEAD PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F Before landing
NOSE WHEEL STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI--SKID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI--SKID FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXTENSION HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
CAUTION : LDG GEAR cannot be retracted.
F At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
DIFFERENTIAL BRAKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
F After landing
PACK 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI-ICING HORNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PROBES HTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

Mod : 3973 or 4371


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 16 070
AFM SYSTEMS EASA SEP 09
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 09 -- AUTOPILOT
" PITCH MISTRIM
FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
Note: FLY MANUALLY UNTIL RESUMING NORMAL CONDITIONS.
" PITCH TRIM FAIL
FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
Note: FLY MANUALLY UNTIL RESUMING NORMAL CONDITIONS.
" If any unusual situations are observed such as :
-- excessive lateral trim required
-- illumination of the AILERON MISTRIM message on the ADU
-- abnormal flight characteristics of the airplane
FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
Note: FLY MANUALLY PRIOR TO ADJUSTING THE LATERAL TRIMS.
Note: The autopilot may be reengaged following adjustment of the lateral trims.
5 . 04 . 10 -- PROPELLER CONTROL
" PEC SGL CH light illuminated
DO NOT RESET PEC IN FLIGHT -- NO SPECIAL CREW ACTION
ANTICIPATE A PEC FAULT AT LANDING
MAINTENANCE IS REQUIRED
" PEC FAULT
J If in short final approach (below 400 ft RA)
GO AROUND procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F Then, above 400 ft
-- or -- J If in other flight phases
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
PEC affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
J If successful
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
J If unsuccessful
PEC affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Avoid sudden PL movements
F Before landing
CL NON AFFECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
R Reverse is not available on affected engine.
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES

Mod : 3168 + (3973 or 4371)


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 17 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 11 -- MISCELLANEOUS
" ADC FAULT
R ADC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NON AFFECTED SIDE
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NON AFFECTED SIDE
J If ADC 1 + 2 are lost
STBY INST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN MODE
" DADC DATA INVALID
INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSSCHECK
FAULTY ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ADC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT VALID ADC

" ADC SW FAULT


ADC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET TO OPPOSITE ADC
" AHRS FAULT
ATT / HDG PB affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESS
Periodically compare remaining AHRS outputs to STBY INST.
" FIRE LOOP FAULT
LOOP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
" OXYGEN LO PR
MAIN SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF then ON
J If oxygen LO PR light remains lit
MAIN SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Oxygen portable unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use if required
" ADU FAILURE
IAS / VS MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE TCS
Note: ALT SEL mode is lost.
J If amber “AP MSG” appears on EADI
-- or -- J If in composite mode
FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 18 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED
SEP 09

" EFIS COMP


R J If ROL, PIT, ATT, HDG cautions appears on EFIS
BOTH EADI, STBY HORIZON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSSCHECK
WRONG INSTRUMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY
ATT / HDG PB affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESS
J If AHRS 1 is wrong
C/B AHRS 1 “NORM SPLY” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
C/B AHRS 1 “AUX SPLY” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
J If AHRS 2 is wrong
C/B AHRS 2 “NORM SPLY” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
C/B AHRS 2 “AUX SPLY FLT” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
NOTE: C/Bs deselection allows AP reconnection
J If LOC / GS / ILS caution appears on EFIS
NAV SOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
VOR / ILS PB affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESS AS RQD
6 –00
PERFORMANCE MAY 92
PAGE : 1 001 FEB 94
AFM CONTENTS DGAC SEP 97
APPROVED

6 . 00 – CONTENTS

6 . 01 – GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
R STALL SPEEDS – VS1G
AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION
CROSS WIND
DETERMINATION OF WIND COMPONENTS
CALIBRATION SPEED AND ALTITUDE

6 . 02 – ENGINE MANAGEMENT

6 . 03 – TAKE OFF
DEFINITION
PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION
DETERMINATION OF MAXIMUM TAKE OFF WEIGHT FOR A
GIVEN RUNWAY
ALTITUDE – SPEED – BANK ANGLE
TURN RADIUS : RELATIONSHIPS

6 . 04 – SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE


DEFINITION
EN ROUTE NET GRADIENT

6 . 05 – LANDING
DEFINITION
PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION

6 . 06 – ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS


INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT IN ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS
6 –01 SEP 89
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC FEB 94
APPROVED

6 . 01 . 01 – INTRODUCTION

In compliance with Airworthiness regulations, an aircraft is cleared to take off


from any airport if the weight allows it to achieve the take off, “en route” and
landing performance included in this chapter.

The curves or tables approved by Airworthiness Authority must not be


extrapolated.

Performance is related to VS1G (see page 2)

Wind speed is measured at the height of 10 meters.

R All weight, altitude, temperature and speed limits presented on section 2


– LIMITATIONS – must be observed for the utilization of the performance
charts.

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


6 –01 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2 150
APR 93
AFM GENERAL DGAC SEP 97 OCT 96
APPROVED

R 6 . 01 . 02 – STALL SPEEDS – VS1G

Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : 211 – 212


6 -- 01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 001
AFM GENERAL EASA
APPROVED
SEP 10

6 . 01 .03 -- AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION


The take off and landing performances has been established on a smooth, dry,
hard surfaced runway.
The performances have been established in the following configuration.
Single engine operation is considered.

FLAPS AIR ENG REMARKS


COND POWER
ATPCS ON
Accelerate stop distance
TAKE OFF 150 ON / OFF TO / RTO established using only
wheel normal braking sys-
tem, antiskid ON, PL at GI.

FINAL TAKE OFF 00 OFF MCT

EN ROUTE 00 OFF / ON MCT

APPROACH 150 OFF For go around


RTO
Landing distances
LANDING 300 OFF established with antiskid
ON, PL at GI

6 . 01 . 04 -- CROSS WIND
R The maximum crosswind demonstrated is :
-- Take--off : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35kt
-- Landing Flaps 30_: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35kt
Braking Action TO LDG Maximum Crosswind
R (TO and LDG)
GOOD 1 1 35 kt
GOOD/MEDIUM 2 2 28 kt
MEDIUM 3/6 6 22 kt
MEDIUM/POOR 4 5 16 kt
POOR 7 7 10 kt
Runway status: 1: dry runway, 2:wet up to 3mm depth, 3 (TO only): slush or
water from 3 to 6mm depth, 4 (TO only):slush or water from 6 to 12.7mm depth,
5: slush or water from 3 to 12.7mm depth, 6: compact snow, 7: ice
6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 4 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 92

6 . 01 . 05 – DETERMINATION OF WIND COMPONENTS


6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 5 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
SEP 89

6 . 01 . 06 – CALIBRATION SPEED AND ALTITUDE

CRUISE

No correction to be applied on altitude.

Correction to be applied on speed : Δ V = IAS – CAS = 2 kt

TAKE OFF – APPROACH – LANDING

The following graphs give the correction to be applied when flaps are extended.

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


6 –01
PERFORMANCE SEP 89
PAGE : 6 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

R SPEED CORRECTION (FLAPS 15)


PILOT & COPILOT ADC OUTPUT
ERROR IN GROUND EFFECT
Δ V = IAS – CAS

R SPEED CORRECTION (FLAPS 15)


STAND BY STATIC SOURCE
ERROR IN GROUND EFFECT
Δ V = IAS – CAS

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


6 –01 SEP 89
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 7 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED OCT 96

R TAKE-OFF – GO AROUND (FLAPS 15)


SPEED CORRECTION
PILOT & COPILOT ADC
OUTPUT ERROR
Δ V = IAS – CAS

R TAKE-OFF – GO AROUND (FLAPS 15)


SPEED CORRECTION
STAND BY SOURCE ERROR
Δ V = IAS – CAS

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


6 –01 OCT 96
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 8 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC SEP 97
APPROVED

R FINAL APPROACH – LANDING (FLAPS 30)


SPEED CORRECTION
PILOT & COPILOT ADC OUTPUT ERROR
Δ V = IAS – CAS
6 –01 SEP 89
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 9 001 OCT 96
AFM GENERAL DGAC SEP 97
APPROVED

R FINAL APPROACH – LANDING (FLAPS 30)


SPEED CORRECTION
STAND BY STATIC SOURCE ERROR
Δ V = IAS – CAS
6 –01
PERFORMANCE SEP 89
PAGE : 10 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

R TAKE-OFF – GO AROUND (FLAPS 15)


ALTITUDE CORRECTION
PILOT & COPILOT OUTPUT ERROR
Δ Zp = Zpi – Zp

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


6 –01 SEP 89
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 11 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

R TAKE-OFF – GO AROUND (FLAPS 15)


ALTITUDE CORRECTION
STAND BY STATIC SOURCE ERROR
Δ Zp = Zpi – Zp

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


6 –01 SEP 89
PERFORMANCE
OCT 96
PAGE : 12 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED SEP 97

R FINAL APPROACH – LANDING (FLAPS 30)


ALTITUDE CORRECTION
PILOT & COPILOT OUTPUT ERROR
Δ Zp = Zpi – Zp
6 –01 SEP 89
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 13 001 OCT 96
AFM GENERAL DGAC SEP 97
APPROVED

R FINAL APPROACH – LANDING (FLAPS 30)


ALTITUDE CORRECTION
STAND BY SOURCE ERROR
Δ Zp = Zpi – Zp
6 –02
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 150 DATE
AFM ENGINE MANAGEMENT DGAC REVISION
OCT 96 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

R TAKE OFF TORQUE COMPUTED FOR VC = 50. KT


APR 93
R SAT (oC) PROPELLER SPEED 100 %
NORMAL HIGH PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
AIR
AIR AIR
COND
COND COND
OFF
ON ON –1000. 0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000. 8000. 8500.
– 40. – 63. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
– 10. – 27. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 88.2
– 8. – 24. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.0 87.2
– 6. – 22. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 88.0 86.2
– 4. – 19. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.0 85.2
– 2. – 17. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.7 86.0 84.2
0. – 14. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 88.7 85.0 83.2
2. – 12. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.6 84.0 82.2
4. – 10. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 86.5 83.0 81.2
6. – 7. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.1 85.5 81.9 80.2
8. – 5. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 88.0 84.4 80.9 79.2
10. – 2. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 86.9 83.3 79.9 78.2
12. 0. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.4 85.8 82.3 78.9 77.2
14. 3. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 88.2 84.6 81.1 77.8 76.1
16. 5. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 86.9 83.3 79.9 76.6 75.0
18. 8. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.1 85.5 82.0 78.6 75.4 73.8
20. 10. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.5 83.9 80.5 77.2 74.0 72.4
22. 13. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.4 85.8 82.3 79.0 75.7 72.6 71.1
24. 15. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.7 84.2 80.8 77.5 74.3 71.2 69.7
26. 18. 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.6 86.0 82.6 79.2 76.0 72.8 69.8 68.4
28. 20. 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.9 84.4 81.0 77.7 74.5 71.4 68.5 67.0
30. 23. 90.0 90.0 89.8 86.2 82.8 79.4 76.2 73.1 70.1 67.2 65.8
32. 25. 90.0 90.0 88.1 84.6 81.2 77.9 74.7 71.7 68.7 65.9 64.5
34. 28. 90.0 89.9 86.3 82.9 79.6 76.3 73.2 70.2 67.4 64.6 63.2
36. 30. 90.0 88.1 84.6 81.2 78.0 74.8 71.8 68.8 66.0 63.3 61.9
38. 33. 89.9 86.3 82.9 79.6 76.4 73.3 70.3 67.4 64.7 62.0 60.7
40. 36. 88.0 84.6 81.2 77.9 74.8 71.8 68.9 66.0 63.3
42. 38. 86.2 82.8 79.5 76.3 73.2 70.3 67.4 64.7
44. 41. 84.4 81.0 77.8 74.7 71.7 68.8 66.0
46. 43. 82.5 79.3 76.1 73.1 70.1 67.3
48. 46. 80.7 77.5 74.4 71.4 68.6
50. 48. 78.9 75.7 72.7 69.8
52. 51. 77.0 74.0 71.0
54. 53. 75.2 72.2
55. 54. 74.3 71.3

R Note : Applicable for 0 p Vc p 60 kt

Mod : – Eng : PW 127 Model : ALL


6 –02
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2 150 DATE
AFM ENGINE MANAGEMENT DGAC REVISION
SEP 97 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

APR 93
OCT 96
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS TORQUE COMPUTED FOR VC = 120. KT
TAT (oC) PROPELLER SPEED 100 %
NORMAL HIGH PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
AIR
AIR AIR
COND
COND COND
OFF
ON ON 0. 2000. 4000. 6000. 8000. 10000. 12000. 14000. 16000. 18000. 20000. 22000. 24000. 25000.
– 43. – 56. – 67. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 85.3 78.6 72.5 66.7 61.2 58.6
– 40. – 52. – 63. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 83.9 77.3 71.3 65.6 60.2 57.7
– 37. – 48. – 59. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 89.7 82.5 76.0 70.1 64.5 59.2 56.7
– 33. – 44. – 55. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 88.2 81.1 74.7 68.9 63.4 58.2 55.8
– 29. – 40. – 50. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 86.5 79.6 73.3 67.6 62.2 57.1 54.7
– 25. – 36. – 46. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 84.6 77.9 71.7 66.2 60.9 55.9 53.5
– 21. – 32. – 42. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 89.8 82.8 76.2 70.1 64.7 59.5 54.6 52.3
– 17. – 28. – 38. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 88.2 81.3 74.8 68.8 63.5 58.5 53.6 51.4
– 13. – 24. – 33. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 86.6 79.8 73.4 67.6 62.4 57.4 52.7 50.4
– 10. – 20. – 29. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 85.0 78.3 72.0 66.3 61.2 56.3 51.7 49.5
– 5. – 16. – 24. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.4 83.3 76.8 70.7 65.0 60.0 55.2 50.7 48.5
– 2. – 12. – 20. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 88.6 81.7 75.3 69.3 63.8 58.9 54.2 49.7 47.6
1. – 8. – 16. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 87.0 80.2 73.9 68.0 62.6 57.8 53.2 48.8 46.7
4. – 4. – 11. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 85.2 78.5 72.4 66.6 61.3 56.6 52.0 47.8 45.7
8. 0. – 7. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 89.7 82.8 76.4 70.4 64.7 59.6 55.0 50.6 46.5 44.5
11. 4. – 2. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 87.7 81.0 74.7 68.8 63.3 58.3 53.8 49.5 45.4 43.5
15. 8. 2. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.9 85.9 79.3 73.1 67.4 62.0 57.1 52.7 48.5 44.5 42.6
18. 12. 7. 90.9 90.9 90.9 90.8 84.0 77.6 71.5 65.9 60.7 55.8 51.5 47.4 43.5
22. 16. 12. 90.9 90.9 90.9 88.8 82.2 75.9 70.0 64.5 59.3 54.6 50.4
25. 20. 16. 90.9 90.9 90.9 85.8 79.4 73.3 67.6 62.3 57.3 52.7
29. 24. 21. 90.9 90.9 89.0 82.5 76.3 70.5 65.0 59.9 55.1
33. 28. 25. 90.9 90.9 85.5 79.3 73.3 67.7 62.4 57.5
37. 32. 29. 90.9 88.5 82.2 76.3 70.6 65.1 60.1
41. 36. 33. 90.9 85.9 79.8 74.0 68.5 63.2
44. 40. 38. 89.6 83.3 77.4 71.8 66.4
48. 44. 42. 86.9 80.8 75.0 69.6
52. 48. 46. 84.1 78.2 72.6
56. 52. 50. 81.3 75.6
60. 56. 54. 79.7
64. 60. 58.

Note : Applicable for Vc p 125 kt.


R Add 0.8 % for each 10 kt above 125 kt without exceeding 90.9 % torque.

Eng : PW 127
6 –02
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 150 DATE
AFM ENGINE MANAGEMENT DGAC REVISION
OCT 96 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

R GO AROUND TORQUE COMPUTED FOR VC = 100. KT


R TAT (oC) PROPELLER SPEED 100 % APR 93
NORMAL HIGH PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
AIR
AIR AIR
COND
COND COND
OFF
ON ON –1000. 0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000. 8000. 8500.
– 40. – 63. – 71. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
– 10. – 27. – 35. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.2
– 8. – 24. – 32. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.2 97.1
– 6. – 22. – 30. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.0 96.0
– 4. – 19. – 27. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.9 94.9
– 2. – 17. – 25. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.9 95.8 93.8
0. – 14. – 22. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.7 94.7 92.7
2. – 12. – 19. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.6 93.6 91.6
4. – 10. – 17. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.4 92.4 90.5
6. – 7. – 14. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.3 95.2 91.3 89.4
8. – 5. – 12. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.0 94.0 90.2 88.3
10. – 2. – 9. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.8 92.8 89.0 87.2
12. 0. – 7. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.6 95.6 91.7 87.9 86.1
14. 3. – 4. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.2 94.2 90.4 86.7 84.9
16. 5. – 1. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.8 92.9 89.1 85.4 83.6
18. 8. 2. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.3 95.3 91.4 87.7 84.1 82.3
20. 10. 4. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.5 93.6 89.8 86.1 82.5 80.8
22. 13. 7. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.7 95.7 91.8 88.1 84.5 81.0 79.3
24. 15. 10. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.8 93.9 90.1 86.4 82.9 79.5 77.8
26. 18. 13. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.0 92.1 88.4 84.8 81.3 77.9 76.3
28. 20. 16. 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.0 94.1 90.3 86.6 83.1 79.7 76.4 74.8
30. 23. 18. 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.2 92.3 88.6 85.0 81.5 78.2 75.0 73.4
32. 25. 21. 100.0 100.0 98.2 94.3 90.5 86.9 83.4 80.0 76.7 73.5 72.0
34. 28. 24. 100.0 100.0 96.3 92.5 88.7 85.2 81.7 78.4 75.2 72.1 70.6
36. 30. 27. 100.0 98.3 94.4 90.6 87.0 83.5 80.1 76.8 73.7 70.6 69.2
38. 33. 30. 100.0 96.3 92.4 88.8 85.2 81.8 78.5 75.3 72.2 69.2 67.8
40. 36. 32. 98.2 94.3 90.6 86.9 83.5 80.1 76.9 73.7 70.7 67.8 66.4
42. 38 35. 96.1 92.3 88.7 85.1 81.7 78.4 75.3 72.2 69.2
44. 41. 38. 94.1 90.4 86.8 83.3 80.0 76.8 73.7 70.7
46. 43. 41. 92.1 88.4 84.9 81.5 78.3 75.1 72.1
48. 46. 43. 90.0 86.5 83.0 79.7 76.5 73.4
50. 48. 46. 88.0 84.5 81.2 77.9 74.8
52. 51. 49. 86.0 82.6 79.3 76.1
54. 53. 52. 83.9 80.6 77.4
56. 54. 54. 81.9 78.7
R Note : Applicable for Vc p 125 kt
Add 0.8 % for each 10 kt above 125 kt without exceeding 100 % torque.

Mod : – Eng : PW 127 Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001 APR 93
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 94
SEP 97
APPROVED
OCT 96
6 . 03 . 01 – DEFINITION
SPEEDS
– VMCG : Minimum control speed on ground from which a sudden
failure of the critical engine can be controlled by use of
primary flight controls only. The other engine being set at
RTO power.
– V1 : Speed at which the pilot must make the decision following
failure of critical engine :
. either to continue take–off
. or to stop the aircraft
– VR : Speed at which rotation is initiated to reach V2 at 35 ft
height.
– V2 : Take off safety speed reached before 35 ft height with one
R engine failed and providing second segment climb gradient not
less than the minimum (2.4 %).
– VLOF : Lift off speed.
– VMCA : Minimum control speed in flight at which aircraft can be
controlled with 50 bank, in case of failure of the critical
engine the other being set at RTO power (take off flaps
setting and gear retracted).
– VFTO : Speed at the end of the take off path in the en route
configuration which is not less than 1.18 VS1G and
provides the manoeuvring capability specified by
regulations.
DISTANCES
AVAILABLE RUNWAY LENGTH
Length of the paved runway surface, able to accept aircraft weight in all
normal operating conditions.
STOPWAY
Extension of runway, occasionally used for taxiing but adequate for
deceleration of the aircraft in case of aborted take–off.
CLEARWAY
Clear area at the end of the runway which can be taken into account for
take–off distance calculation.
AVAILABLE ACCELERATION STOP LENGTH
Sum of the available runway length and the stopway (if any).
TAKE OFF DISTANCE (TOD)
Distance between brakes release and 35 ft height. It has to be equal or
less than the sum of available runway length and allowable clearway (if
any).
TAKE OFF RUN (TOR)
Distance between brakes release point and half of the segment
between VLOF and 35 ft height.
It has to be equal to or less than the available runway length.
6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2 150 APR 93
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 94
OCT 96
APPROVED

V1 LIMITED BY VMCG (FLAPS 15)

R Mod : Eng : PW127 Model : 211 – 212


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 150 APR 93
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

R MINIMUM CONTROL SPEED IN FLIGHT – VMCA (FLAPS 15)

Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : 211 – 212


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 4 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 92

TAKE OFF FLIGHT PATH IN CASE OF ENGINE FAILURE

Note : Point zero indicates the 35 ft height point on the flight path.

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
APR 93
PAGE : 5 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC SEP 98
APPROVED

6 . 03 .02 – PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION

Maximum take off weight is subordinated to the following conditions


– at take-off :
. maximum design weight
. first, second and final TO segments limitations
. runway limitation
. tire speed limitation
. brake energy limitation
. obstacle clearance

– single engine cruise


. obstacle clearance

– at landing
. approach climb limitation
. runway limitation

The following conditions are never limiting :


. first segment climb gradient
. tire speed
. VMU

The following table defines the meaning of the distances and length taken into
account for take off.
R Performance is related to Tq ISA – 300C
If T < ISA – 300C, calculate as follows : T = ISA – 300C .

RUNWAY WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS


without clearway without clearway with clearway with clearway
without stopway with stopway without stopway with stopway
length TOR runway length runway length
to be TOD runway length runway length runway length runway length
used + clearway + clearway
to enter ASD runway length runway length runway length runway length
the manual + stopway + stopway
6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 5A 150
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC APR 93
APPROVED

TAKE OFF WITH AIR CONDITIONING


Take-off performances are determined with AIR CONDITIONING OFF. For take-off
computations with AIR CONDITIONING ON (normal flow), the following graph must be
used to calculate a fictitious OAT. This fictitious OAT has to be entered in the following
pages to take into account the performance decrement. (Fictitious OAT = actual OAT + Δ T)

Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 6 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC
APPROVED
APR 93

6 . 03 . 03 – DETERMINATION OF MAXIMUM TAKE OFF WEIGHT FOR A


GIVEN RUNWAY
6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 7 150 DATE
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC REVISION
OCT 96 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED
NOV 92
SECOND SEGMENT APR 93
FEB 94
MAXIMUM WEIGHT AT BRAKES RELEASE
TAKE OFF GRADIENT (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : R.T.O. POWER
R AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI /DE ICING OFF– GEAR UP

R Mod : – Eng : PW 127 Model :ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 8 150 APR 93
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 94
OCT 96
APPROVED

R FINAL TAKE OFF (FLAPS 0)

EQUIVALENT WEIGHT AT BRAKES RELEASE


ONE ENGINE MAX. CONTINUOUS POWER – ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED
R AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – GEAR UP

R Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 9 150 APR 93
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 94
OCT 96
APPROVED

TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : R. T. O. POWER AFTER CRITICAL
R ENGINE FAILURE – AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY
SLOPE – NO WIND

R Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
APR 93
PAGE : 10 150
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 94
APPROVED

REQUIRED TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)


ALL ENGINES OPERATING

R NON LIMITING

Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03
PERFORMANCE MAY 92
PAGE : 11 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC
APPROVED
OCT 96

R TAKE OFF RUN CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15 )

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 12 150 APR 93
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC OCT 96 FEB 94
APPROVED

TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)

ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER AFTER CRITICAL


R ENGINE FAILURE – AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI /DE ICING OFF
NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

R Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
APR 93
PAGE : 13 150
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 94
APPROVED

REQUIRED TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)


ALL ENGINES OPERATING

R NON LIMITING

Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03 MAY 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 14 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

R TAKE – OFF DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 15 150 APR 93
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 94
APPROVED
SEP 99
OCT 96

ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)

TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED


R AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI /DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW127
6 –03 MAY 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 16 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

R ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 17 150 APR 93
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 94
OCT 96
APPROVED

DECISION SPEED LIMITED BY MAXIMUM BRAKE ENERGY (FLAPS 15)

R Mod : Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE APR 93
PAGE : 18 150
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 94
APPROVED OCT 96

ROTATION SPEED – VR (FLAPS 15)

ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : R.T.O. POWER


EFFECT OF AIR BLEED ON VR IS NEGLIGIBLE

R Mod : – Eng : PW 127 Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE APR 93
PAGE : 19 150
FEB 94
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC SEP 97 OCT 96
APPROVED

TAKE OFF SPEED – V2 (FLAPS 15)


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : R.T.O. POWER

Eng : PW127
6 –03 MAY 92
PERFORMANCE
FEB 94
PAGE : 20 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC AUG 95
APPROVED OCT 96

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE ON T/O (EXAMPLE) see chart page 22

Initial gradient : 3 % (associated to the weight limited by the runway condition)

Obstacle : 4000 ft at 21 km of the end of the runway. 10 kt nose wind.

NOTE : The obstacle height and distance with respect to reference zero must
be determined. In the flight manual charts reference zero is the
point 35 ft below the end of the TOD and the flight paths shown
include the 35 ft operational clearance. Where the TOD is greater
(less) than the runway length the obstacle distance from end of the
runway must be decreased (increased) by the difference between
TOD and runway length.
1. Place the obstacle (point A). In this example the TOD is initially assumed
equal to runway length.

2. Replace the obstacle according to the wind (point C) drawing a parallel to


the gross height lines.

3. The path intersects the obstacle in B.

4. Determine the gradient allowing the clearance taking into account the
decrease in TOD associated to the decrease in weight.
This gives point D.

5. Follow the path up to the end of the 2nd segment.

6. The point E gives the second segment gradient which determines


maximum weight allowing clearance of the obstacle.

7. To be precise, the take–off distance corresponding to this new maximum


weight must be calculated.
R 8. Using this distance, replace the obstacle and check that it will be cleared, if
not restart the calculation.

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE APR 93
PAGE : 21 150
AFM TAKE–OFF FEB 94
DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VS1G = 1.13 (FLAPS 15)

R Mod : Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE APR 93
PAGE : 22 150 FEB 94
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)

V2 / VS1G = 1.13 (FLAPS 15)

R Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE APR 93
PAGE : 23 150 FEB 94
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VS1G = 1.20 (FLAPS 15)

R Mod : Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE APR 93
PAGE : 24 150
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC
FEB 94
OCT 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)

V2 / VS1G = 1.20 (FLAPS 15)

R Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE APR 93
PAGE : 25 150
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 94
OCT 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VS1G = 1.25 (FLAPS 15)

R Mod : Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
APR 93
PAGE : 26 150
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 94
SEP 01
APPROVED OCT 96

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)

V2 / VS1G = 1.25 (FLAPS 15)

Eng : PW127
6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 27 150
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)

V2 / VS1G = 1.30 (FLAPS 15)

R Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 28 150
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)

V2 / VS1G = 1.30 (FLAPS 15)

R Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 29 150
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)

V2 / VS1G = 1.35 (FLAPS 15)

R Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 30 150
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)

V2 / VS1G = 1.35 (FLAPS 15)

R Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 31 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

6 . 03 . 04 – ALTITUDE – SPEED – BANK ANGLE – TURN RADIUS :


RELATIONSHIPS

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


6 –03 MAY 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 32 001 APR 93
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC
APPROVED OCT 96

BANK ANGLE EFFECT ON SINGLE ENGINE CLIMB GRADIENT


(FLAPS 15)

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


6 –04 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE DGAC APR 93
APPROVED

6 . 04 . 01 – DEFINITIONS

The “En route” gradient given in this chapter are established by decreasing the
available gradient at each point with a margin of 1.1 %.

The single engine cruise configuration is flaps 00.


The speed to be maintained is 1.18 VS1G.

The operative engine is set at MCT power.

Air conditioning is ON when aircraft is above 10000 ft.


Air conditioning is OFF when aircraft is below 10000 ft.

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : ALL


6 –04
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2 150 DATE
AFM SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE DGAC REVISION
OCT 96 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED
NOV 92

R 6 . 04 . 02 – EN ROUTE NET GRADIENT APR 93


FEB 94
V / VS1G = 1.18 (FLAPS 0)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : MCT POWER
R AIR CONDITIONING OFF BELOW 10000 ft – ANTI/DE ICING OFF

R Mod : Eng : PW 127 Model : ALL


6 –05 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
APR 93
PAGE : 1 150
AFM LANDING DGAC FEB 94
APPROVED

6 . 05 . 01 – DEFINITION

VMCL : Minimum flight speed at which aircraft can be controlled with 50


bank in case of failure of the critical engine, the other being set at
GA power (landing flaps setting, gear extended) and which
provides rolling capability specified by regulations.

FLAPS VMCL (CAS)

300 98 kt
150 100 kt

6 . 05 . 02 – PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION

– Landing climb performance (two engines at GA power, landing flaps setting) is


never limiting.
– The landing distance represents the distance from the 50 ft to complete stop
on a level, smooth, dry, hard surfaced runway.
Antiskid is operative.
Engines are at GI.

R – To determine the required runway length for landing, apply national


operational regulations.

Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : 211 – 212


6 –05 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE APR 93
PAGE : 2 150
AFM LANDING FEB 94
DGAC
APPROVED OCT 96

Approach speeds

The approach speed is at least 1.23 VS1G in the configurations :


– flaps 150
– flaps 300
or VMCL, whichever is higher.

The regulations allows to take approach speed up to 1.4 VS1G.

The minimum final approach speed is the speed at 50ft height taken into
account for landing distance computation.
It is equal to 1.23 VS1G in the landing configuration or VMCL, whichever is
higher.

Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : 211 – 212


6 –05 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
APR 93
PAGE : 3 150
AFM LANDING DGAC FEB 94
OCT 96
APPROVED

APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT

APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (FLAPS 15)


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : GO AROUND POWER
R AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – GEAR UP

R Mod : Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –05 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE
APR 93
PAGE : 4 150
LANDING FEB 94
AFM DGAC SEP 97
APPROVED

LANDING DISTANCE (FLAPS 30)


R
INCREASE BY 15% ON FORESEEN WET RUNWAY

Eng : PW127
6 - 05
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 5 150
AFM LANDING EASA
APPROVED NOV 11

Eng : PW127
6 –06 SEP 89
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC
APPROVED
JUL 04

6 . 06 . 01 – INTRODUCTION

The following sub sections provide data for flight in atmospheric icing
conditions.

Refer to chapter 3 . 04 for definition of the minimum maneuver/operating icing


speeds.

6.06 P2 – Minimum maneuver / operating speed in icing conditions

6.06 P3 – Take off flight path in case of engine failure.

6.06 P4 – Take off – Effect on second segment weight

6.06 P5 – Final take off maximum weight at brakes release.

6.06 P6 – Take off – Effect on take off run.

6.06 P7 – Take off – Effect on take off distance.

6.06 P8 – Take off – Effect on accelerate stop distance.

6.06 P8A – Research of weight limited by obstacle clearance (close


obstacles).

6.06 P9 – Obstacle clearance take off flight path (close obstacles).

6.06 P9A – Research of weight limited by obstacle clearance (remote


obstacles).

6.06 P10 – Obstacle clearance take off flight path (remote obstacles).

6.06 P11 – En route net gradient

6.06 P12 – Effect on approach climb gradient weight.

6.06 P13 – Effect on landing distance.


6 –06
PERFORMANCE DEC 92
PAGE : 2 150 FEB 94
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

6 . 06 . 02 – FLIGHT IN ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS


MINIMUM MANEUVER / OPERATING SPEED

Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : 211–212


6 –06
PERFORMANCE DEC 92
PAGE : 3 150
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS
DGAC APR 93
APPROVED

TAKE OFF FLIGHT PATH IN CASE OF ENGINE FAILURE

Note : Point zero indicates the 35 ft height point on the flight path.

Mod : – Eng : PW127 Model : 211 – 212


6 –06 DEC 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 4 150 APR 93
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED
SEP 99

TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON SECOND SEGMENT WEIGHT
V2 / VS1G = 1.23 (FLAPS 15)

R
ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS

Note : Performance decrement applies to the maximum second segment


weight computed in normal conditions with V2 = 1.23 VS1G (flaps 15)

Eng : PW127
6 –06 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE APR 93
PAGE : 5 050
ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS FEB 94
AFM DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

FINAL TAKE-OFF

EQUIVALENT WEIGHT AT BRAKES RELEASE


V / VS1G = 1.30 (FLAPS 15)
ONE ENGINE MAX. CONTINUOUS POWER – ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF – DE ICING ON – GEAR UP

R Mod : Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –06 DEC 92
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 6 150 APR 93
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC
APPROVED
SEP 99 OCT 96

TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN
V2 / VS1G = 1.23 (FLAPS 15)

R
ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to


– Take off run length computed in normal conditions with
V2 = 1.23 VS1G (flaps 15).
– OR –
– required take off run length computed in normal conditions with
V2 = 1.23 VS1G (flaps 15) whichever is higher.

Eng : PW127
6 –06
PERFORMANCE DEC 92
PAGE : 7 150
ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS APR 93
AFM DGAC
APPROVED
SEP 99 OCT 96

TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE
V2 / VS1G = 1.23 (FLAPS 15)

R
ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to


– Take off distance length computed in normal conditions with
V2 = 1.23 VS1G (flaps 15).
– OR –
– required take off distance length computed in normal conditions
with V2 = 1.23 VS1G (flaps 15) whichever is higher.

Eng : PW127
6 –06
PERFORMANCE DEC 92
PAGE : 8 150 APR 93
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC SEP 99
APPROVED OCT 96
SEP 97
TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE
V2 / VS1G = 1.23 (FLAPS 15)

R
ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to the acceleration stop distance length


computed in normal conditions with
V2 = 1.23 VS1G (flaps 15).

Eng : PW127
6 –06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 8A 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS
DGAC JUL 04
APPROVED

RESEARCH OF WEIGHT LIMITED BY


OBSTACLE CLEARANCE
CLOSE OBSTACLE

Initial gradient : 3% (associated to the weight limited by the runway condition).

Obstacle : 180 ft at 1700 m of the end of the runway, 18 kt nose wind.

NOTE

The obstacle height and distance with respect to reference zero must be
determined. In the flight manual charts reference zero is the point 35 ft below
the end of the TOD and the flight paths shown include the 35 ft operational
clearance. Where the TOD is greater (less) than the runway length the obstacle
distance from end of the runway must be decreased (increased) by the
difference between TOD and runway length.

1. Place the obstacle (point A). In this example the TOD is initially assumed
equal to runway length.
2. Replace the obstacle according to the wind (point C) drawing a parallel to
the gross height lines.
3. The path intersects the obstacle in B.
4. Determine the gradient allowing the clearance taking into account the
decrease in TOD associated to the decrease in weight.
This gives point D.
5. Follow the path up to the end of the 2nd segment.
6. The point E gives the second segment gradient which determines
maximum weight allowing clearance of the obstacle.
7. To be precise, the take–off distance corresponding to this new maximum
weight must be calculated.
8. Using this distance, replace the obstacle and check that it will be cleared.
If not, restart the calculation.
6 –06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 9 150
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS
DGAC JUL 04
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VS1G = 1.23 (FLAPS 15)

Eng : PW127
6 –06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 9A 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS
DGAC JUL 04
APPROVED

RESEARCH OF WEIGHT LIMITED BY


OBSTACLE CLEARANCE
REMOTE OBSTACLE

Initial gradient : 3% (associated to the weight limited by the runway condition).

Obstacle : 1800 ft at 17 km of the end of the runway, 18 kt nose wind.

NOTE

The obstacle height and distance with respect to reference zero must be
determined. In the flight manual charts reference zero is the point 35 ft below
the end of the TOD and the flight paths shown include the 35 ft operational
clearance. Where the TOD is greater (less) than the runway length the obstacle
distance from end of the runway must be decreased (increased) by the
difference between TOD and runway length.

1. Place the obstacle (point A). In this example the TOD is initially assumed
equal to runway length.
2. Replace the obstacle according to the wind (point C) drawing a parallel
to the gross height lines.
3. The path intersects the obstacle in B.
4. Determine the gradient allowing the clearance taking into account the
decrease in TOD associated to the decrease in weight.
This gives point D.
5. Follow the path up to the end of the 2nd segment.
6. The point E gives the second segment gradient which determines
maximum weight allowing clearance of the obstacle.
7. To be precise, the take–off distance corresponding to this new maximum
weight must be calculated.
8. Using this distance, replace the obstacle and check that it will be
cleared. If not, restart the calculation.
6 –06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 10 150
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS
DGAC JUL 04
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VS1G = 1.23 (FLAPS 15)

Eng : PW127
6 –06 NOV 92
PERFORMANCE APR 93
PAGE : 11 050 FEB 94
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC OCT 96
APPROVED

EN ROUTE NET GRADIENT

V/VS1G = 1.30 (FLAPS 15)


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : MCT POWER
AIR CONDITIONING : OFF BELOW 10 000 ft – DE ICING ON.

R Mod : Eng : PW127 Model : ALL


6 –06
PERFORMANCE DEC 92
PAGE : 12 150 APR 93
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC
SEP 98 FEB 94
APPROVED OCT 96

EFFECT ON
Approach climb gradient weight
V / VS1G = 1.25 (FLAPS 15)

ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS OR RESIDUAL ICE ON THE AIRCRAFT (ICING AOA LIT)
NORMAL CONDITIONS AND AIRCRAFT FREE OF ICE (ICING AOA OFF)

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to the maximum approach climb gradient


limiting weight computed in normal conditions with
V = 1.25 VS1G (flaps 15).

Eng : PW127
6 –06
PERFORMANCE DEC 92
PAGE : 13 150
ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS APR 93
AFM DGAC SEP 98 OCT 96
APPROVED

EFFECT ON LANDING DISTANCE


V / VS1G = 1.32 (FLAPS 30)

ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS OR RESIDUAL ICE ON THE AIRCRAFT (ICING AOA LIT)
NORMAL CONDITIONS AND AIRCRAFT FREE OF ICE (ICING AOA OFF)

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to the landing distance computed in


normal conditions.

Eng : PW127
7 -- 00
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS EASA
APPROVED AUG 07

R
01 APPENDICES

01 . . EXTERNAL NOISE
02 . . CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
03 . . CAT II OPERATION
04 . . TCAS
05 . . STEEP SLOPE MANUAL APPROACH
06 . . CONTAINER TRANSPORT
07 . . Reserved
08 . . ETOPS
09 . . OPERATIONS ON NARROW RUNWAYS
10 . . RUNWAYS SLOPE BEYOND 2 %
11 . . . POWER PLANT
12 . . TAKE OFF AFTER USE OF FLUIDS TYPE II OR IV
13 . . COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYTEM (if installed)
14 . . Reserved
15 Aircraft Performance Monitoring APM
16 SSR Mode S Enhanced Surveillance
17 ACARS
18 . . HIGH LATITUDES OPERATIONS
19 . . DRY UNPAVED RUNWAYS

.../...
7 -- 00
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM CONTENTS EASA
APPROVED AUG 07

02 -- SUPPLEMENTS
00 . . . INTRODUCTION

01 . . . DISPATCH WITH ONE ACW GENERATOR CHANNEL INOPERATIVE


02 . . . DISPATCH WITH SPOILERS CONTROL SYSTEM INOPERATIVE
03 . . . DISPATCH WITH FLAPS RETRACTED
04 . . . DISPATCH WITH ONE WHEEL BRAKE DEACTIVATED
05 . . . DISPATCH WITH ANTI SKID SYSTEM INOPERATIVE
06 . . . DISPATCH WITH AUTOFEATHER SYSTEM INOPERATIVE
07 . . . DISPATCH EEC OFF
08 . . . DISPATCH WITH ONE AFU INOPERATIVE
09 . . . DISPATCH WITH ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE
10 . . . DISPATCH WITH ATPCS OFF
11 . . . FLIGHT WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN
12 . . . FERRY FLIGHT WITH PITCH ELEVATORS DISCONNECTED

03 -- NON DRY RUNWAYS (Advisory materials)


01 . . GENERAL
02 . . TAKE OFF
03 . . LANDING

08 -- CAA (UK) SUPPLEMENT

09 -- OPERATIONS IN CIS COUNTRIES


7 -- 01.01
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 150
AFM APPENDIX No 01 EASA
APPROVED NOV 11

EXTERNAL NOISE

NOISE CHARACTERISTICS
No determination has been made by the EASA that the noise levels of this
aircraft are or should be acceptable or unacceptable for operation at, into or out
of any airport.

NOISE LEVELS
Noise levels shown here after comply with ICAO annex 16 Chapter 4 noise
requirements and were obtained by analysis of approved data from approved
noise tests.
See section 2.02.01 for identification of the maximum take off and landing
weights applicable to a particular airplane.

NOISE CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES


Compliance with ICAO annex 16 included the following procedures :

- An all-engine take off at FLAPS 15 configuration was used with a constant


climb speed greater than V2 + 10 kt but less than V2 + 20 kt, with a cutback
procedure initiated prior to over--flight of the take--off noise measuring station,
with air conditioning OFF, mid center of gravity, and gear retracted.
- Landing approach at FLAPS 30 configuration on a three degree glide slope, at
a speed of 1.23 VS1G + 10 kt was used with air conditioning ON, forward
center of gravity and gear extended.

CONFIGURATION
Engines : Pratt & Whitney of Canada Ltd ; PW 127
Propeller : Hamilton Standard ; HS 247 F -- 1

CERTIFICATED NOISE LEVELS


TAKE-OFF 80.9 EPNdB
SIDE LINE 84.7 EPNdB
APPROACH 92.5 EPNdB

Mod : 3651 Eng : PW127 Model : 211 -- 212


7 -- 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 EASA
SEP 10
APPROVED

CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

GENERAL
The configuration deviation list belongs to chapter 2 limitations of this airplane
flight manual. Flight with certain secondary airframe missing parts is possible
as indicated in this list. Any part not included in this list must be considered as
necessary.

R When no time rectification interval is given for operating with missing parts,
repairs or replacements must be done at the first station where they can
reasonably be made, as additional deviations may require the aircraft to be
taken out of revenue service.

The sign ( -- ) in NUMBER INSTALLED or NUMBER REQUIRED FOR


DISPATCH columns indicates that the quantity is variable.

Letter ( m ) against an item indicates that some maintenance action is


necessary to permit flight with these parts missing. Refer to the related section
of the Maintenance Manual for this information.

LIMITATIONS
R Dispatch is not allowed with more than two (2) missing CDL items.
No more than one (1) item per ATA chapter in this appendix may be missing
unless specifically designated combinations are indicated herein.
(Except static dischargers that are not to be accounted for in both limitations).

When missing part introduces additional limitation(s), this limitation is indicated


in “REMARKS or CONDITIONS“ column. This limitation comes in addition to
limitations of chapter 2 of Flight Manual. It must be clearly indicated by a
placard on the captain’s instrument panel.

PERFORMANCE
Performance penalties are indicated in “REMARKS or CONDITIONS” column.
Performance penalties are cumulative unless specific penalties for particular
combinations of missing parts are indicated.

These take-off, en route and landing penalties apply to the most limiting
corresponding weight.
7 -- 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 -- NUMBER INSTALLED

3 -- NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 -- REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

23 -- COMMUNICATIONS

1 -- Static dischargers 25 17 Provided :


a) each aileron is equipped with at least
4 operative static dischargers, and

b) rudder is equipped with at least 4


operative static dischargers and

c) each elevator is equipped with at


least 2 operative static dischargers

d) tail cone is equipped with at least one


operative static discharger.
7 -- 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 EASA
APPROVED
SEP 10
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 -- NUMBER INSTALLED

3 -- NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 -- REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

27 -- FLIGHT CONTROLS

R 1 -- Flap hinge fairing 8 6 Provided:


a) aircraft is not operated into known or
forecast icing conditions, and
b) only one fairing may be missing per half
wing (left and right), and
c) In case of FWD part of the fairing missing,
it is necessary to remove AFT parts of the
fairing at the same location.

R 2 -- Flap lower surface 8 7


trailing edge
7 -- 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 EASA
APPROVED
AUG 07
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 -- NUMBER INSTALLED

3 -- NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 -- REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

32 -- LANDING GEAR

1 -- Main gear door 2 1 Provided aircraft is not operated into


known or forecast icing conditions
Maximum speed : 200 kt

1 bis -- Main gear 4 2 Provided missing parts are on the


foldable doors same side

2 -- Nose gear forward door 2 0 Flight with gear down


(refer to 7.02.11 )

3 -- Nose gear aft door 2 0 Maximum speed : 200 kt

4 -- Cover wheels 2 0
7 -- 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 5 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 EASA
APPROVED
SEP 10
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 -- NUMBER INSTALLED

3 -- NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 -- REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

52 -- DOORS

1 -- Access door to GPU 2 0


connector (DC or ACW)
R 2 -- Access door to refueling 1 0 Pull C/B FUEL / FUELING CTL & IND to
panel prevent the battery from discharging. Push
C/B back for refueling only.

3 -- Access door to hydraulic 1 0


bay

4 -- Access door to water 1 0


service panel

5 -- Access door to toilet 1 0


service panel
R 6 -- Access door to tail 1 0 Maximum speed : 200 kt, and
cone bay provided aircraft is not operated into forecast
or known icing/rain conditions

R 7 -- Access door to refueling 1 0


point

R 8 -- Jacking point covers -- 0


7 -- 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 6 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 EASA
APPROVED
SEP 10
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 -- NUMBER INSTALLED

3 -- NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 -- REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

61 -- PROPELLER

1 -- Propeller spinner 2 1 Provided aircraft is not operated into


known or forecast icing conditions

79 -- OIL
R 1 -- Engine oil cooler flap 4 3 Provided flap is removed
7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 150
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION
LIMITATIONS
This appendix is intended to provide necessary information to allow the use of
the aircraft in category II.

Limitations, procedures and performance included in the appendix replace or


complete the corresponding information of the basic Flight Manual.

The automatic flight control system (AFCS) with the associated equipment has
been found to meet the airworthiness and performance criteria of :
- ACJ 25 - 1329 -- for the autopilot
- Special condition F2 : AP engagement at take off
- JAR AWO subpart 2 for category II

NOTA : Compliance with the standards noted above does not constitute
approval to conduct category II operations.
Such authorization must be obtained by the operator from the
appropriate authorities.

- Minimum height for use of autopilot in approach mode : 50 ft


- Minimum decision height : 100 ft
- Certified configuration : flaps 30
- Maximum demonstrated wind :
Headwind : 30 kt
Tailwind : 10 kt
Crosswind : 15 kt

.. / ..

Mod : 0069 + 1112


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)


NORMAL PROCEDURES

NOTA : Failures have been demonstrated using the procedures described in


this chapter.

A -- Approved configurations
• Approach : AP is approved with use of approach mode for CAT II
precision ILS approaches. The CAT II capability must be displayed on
ADU.
• GO around : FD is approved with use of GA mode

B -- Performance envelope in approach


• LOC capture : distance ≥ 6 NM -- Capture angle ≤ 90o
• GLIDE capture : height ≥ 1500 ft
Vc ≤ 180 kt at 1500 ft
• Approach speed :
When the aircraft is stabilized on GLIDE slope the selected approach
speed VAPP is 1.23 VSR (flaps 30) + wind correction and not less than
VMCL.

The wind correction is equal to the highest of 1/3 of the reported


headwind or the gust in full, with a maximum correction of 15 kt.

.. / ..

Mod : 1112
7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 3 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA SEP 10
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)


C -- Minimum equipment required to meet CAT II approach criteria.
R
Approach with AP
Autopilot 1
FD bars 1 (PF side)
AP quick disconnect 1 (PF side)
AP OFF warning (light
1
and aural)
ADU 1
ILS receiver 2
AHRS 2
Standby Horizon 1
CRT 3 (2 PF side)
SGU 2
Radio altimeter 1 (with 2 displays)
DH indicator 2
GA pushbutton 1 (PF side)
Windshield wipers 1 (PF side)
Yaw damper 1
2: -- CM2 side must be operative (*)
Airspeed indicators
-- If CM1 is PF, CM1 side must be operative
Altimeters 3
Hydraulic system Blue + Green
DC: BUS1 / BUS2 / EMER / STBY / ESS ;
Electrical system
AC: BUS1 / BUS2 / STBY ; ACW: BUS1 / BUS2
MFC modules 3

(*): The standby airspeed instrument can be easily monitored only from the CM1
position (Captain position).
.. / ..

Mod : 1112
7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 4 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)


D -- Approach and landing preparation
Approach preparation
- Select decision height (DH).
- Select ILS frequency and RWY HDG.
- Engage the APP mode :
GS and LOC illuminate white on both EADI and ADU.
CAT II illuminates white on ADU (if this capability available).
- The approach must be planned to capture the localizer prior to glide
slope interception.

NOTA : GLIDE capture is inhibited as long as localizer capture is not


initiated (LOC*).

- The approach speed (VAPP) is 1.23 VS1G (FLAPS 30) + wind


correction and not less than VMCL.
- The approach configuration is FLAPS 30.

-- Mode phases
LOC* At localizer capture the white LOC extinguishes and the
green LOC* illuminates on both EADI and on ADU.
LOC phase engages when the A/C is stabilized on the LOC
beam axis.
LOC illuminates on both EADI and on ADU.

GS* At glide slope capture the white GS extinguishes and the


green GS* illuminates on both EADI and on ADU.
GS phase engages when the A/C is stabilized on the GLIDE
SLOPE.
Green GS illuminates on both EADI and on ADU.

1200 > ZRA > 800 ft Before 800 ft (radio altimeter), dual coupling
must illuminate on both EADI and on ADU
(arrows) if correct capture conditions are met.

DH + 100 ft A white box illuminates on the left of radio


altimeter value.

DH Amber DH symbol illuminates in the white box.

.. / ..

Mod : 1112
7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 5 150
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
SEP 10
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)


E -- Normal approach and landing sequence:
R - PF (Pilot Flying):
-- Monitors the A/C position, the flight path parameters and the AP.
-- Controls the speed.
-- Requests checklist, flaps setting and gear extension.
-- Selects the modes and announces changes.
- PNF (Pilot Non Flying):
-- In charge of the radio communications.
-- Monitors the flight path, speed, mode changes, systems and engines.
-- Read the checklist.
-- Selects flaps setting and gear extension.
Outer rmarker or equivalent position but not lower than 1000 ft AGL
-- PNF announces “Outer, altitude checked, stabilized”
-- Both pilots check the altitude on the radio altimeter and altimeter
-- PF assesses if the aircraft is stabilized and announces “we continue”
The aircraft should be stabilized:
-- On the final approach segment flight path
-- Landing flaps selected, V APP reached
-- Final checklist completed
800 ft (radio altimeter)
-- PNF announces “800 ft, dual coupling, no star”
-- PF checks dual coupling and LOC and G/S modes and announces ”check”
-- PNF starts monitoring LOC and G/S deviation.
500 ft (radio altimeter)
-- PNF announces “500”
DH + 100 ft
-- PF looks outside for external visual references
-- PNF monitors the flight path
DH
-- PNF announces “Decision”
• If external visual references sufficient
-- PF announces “Landing”
-- PNF announces “80” (feet)
-- PNF announces “50” (feet) and PF selects AP OFF (no lower than 50
feet)
-- PNF announces “20” (feet)
-- PF performs the landing.
• If external visual references insufficient
-- PF announces “Go around, set power, flaps one notch” and
performs a GO around:
.. / ..

Mod : 0069 + 1112


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 6 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
SEP 10
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)

R E -- Normal approach and landing sequence (Cont’d):


NOTA :Any failure that’s not completely treated before 800 ft AGL, or that
occurs below 800 ft AGL, shall always lead to a missed approach.

NOTA :A call out (indicating that a flight parameter is exceeded) must be done if:
-- Speed becomes lower than V APP --5 kt or greater than V APP +10 kt (V APP is
the selected approach speed)
-- Pitch attitude becomes lower than 4_ nose down or greater than 4_ nose up or
bank angle becomes greater than 10_.
-- Excessive LOC or G/S deviation occurs.

F -- GO around sequence
-- PF announces “Go--around, set power, flaps one notch”, presses the Go
around pushbutton, advances PL to the ramp and follows the FD bars.
-- PNF retracts flaps one notch, adjusts the power and monitors engine
parameters.
As soon as rate of climb is positive:
-- PNF announces “positive climb”.
-- PF asks for gear retraction.
-- PNF retracts the gear.

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
NO CHANGE

Mod : 1112
7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 7 150
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)


PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE
DEMONSTRATED ALTITUDE LOSS WITH
(AP/FD) SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
Maximum path deviation with take over occuring 1 second after failure
recognition : 16 ft.
DEVIATION PROFILE -- CAT II

.. / ..

Mod : 1112 Eng : PW127


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 8 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
SEP 10
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)


FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS DURING APPROACH

R Any failure that is not completely treated before 800 ft AGL, or that occurs
R below 800 ft AGL, shall always lead to a missed approach.

Nota 1 : ENGINE FAILURE

Provided lateral trimming is properly achieved before 800 ft, single


engine approach may be performed with autopilot engaged, but must
be restricted to CAT I.

Nota 2 : AFCS failure and trajectory deviation

In case of CAT II INVALID, excess deviations or AFCS failure, go


around must be performed with STBY HORIZON : initial missed
approach attitude : 10o.

.. / ..

Mod : 1112
7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 9 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)


FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS DURING A CAT II APPROACH

A/C SYSTEMS

Warnings Actions at the time of failure detection Complementary


> 800 ft < 800 ft actions

Flap failure, Revert to Not


jammed between 0 Cat I minima applicable
and 15 position

Flap failure, Continue Multiply landing


jammed above 15 Increase VAPP distance flaps 30 by
position (flaps 30) 1.13
by 10 kt

Engine failure Revert to Cat I Discontinue


minima the approach

Hydraulic failure Transfer


(without fluid loss) No capability loss

First MFC Apply associated Discontinue


module failure procedure the approach
continue the
approach

Second MFC Apply associated Discontinue


module failure procedure the approach
Revert to
CAT 1 minima

.. / ..

Mod : 1112
7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 10 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
SEP 10
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)


FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS DURING A CAT II APPROACH

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

Actions at the time of failure detec-


Complementary
Warnings tion
> 800 ft < 800 ft actions

Standby horizon Revert to Cat I


flag minima

Radio altimeter
Revert to Cat I Discontinue
warning
minima the approach
R on PNF EFIS

Switch to valid AHRS


ATT / PIT / ROLL First action before
Reengage AP
warning on any switching AHRS is
Revert to Cat I
EFIS to refer to standby
minima
horizon to determine
Switch to valid AHRS the wrong AHRS
HDG warning
Revert to CAT I
on any EFIS minima

LOC / GS / ILS / Revert to


warning on any EFIS Cat I minima

Switch affected
Loss of one CRT
CRT OFF

Switch to valid SGU.


Loss of both
Revert to Cat I
CRT on one side minima

R
R Loss of : Revert to Cat I
--CM2 airspeed indicator minima
--or CM1 airspeed
indicator if CM1 is PF
Revert to Cat I
Loss of any altimeter
minima

.. / ..

Mod : 1112
7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 11 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)


FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS
DURING A CAT II APPROACH

AFCS and ADU

Warnings Actions at the time of failure detection Complementary


Z RA : 800 ft 500 ft action

AP disengage Try to recover


If impossible
revert discontinue
to Cat I the approach
FD approach

LOC or G/S Not applicable discontinue


excess deviation the approach

Loss of ADU Perform a Cat I discontinue


minima manual the approach
approach

Loss of Cat II Try to recover


capability If impossible discontinue
(Triple click) revert to the approach
Cat I minima

.. / ..

Mod : 1112
7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 12 150
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)


NORMAL CONDITIONS
LANDING CAT II -- APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT -- APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE : GO AROUND POWER
AIR CONDITIONING ON -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- GEAR UP -- V = 1.13 VS1G

.. / ..
Mod : 1112 Eng : PW127
7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 13 150
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)


ICING CONDITIONS
LANDING CAT II -- APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT
APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE : GO AROUND POWER
AIR CONDITIONING ON -- DE ICING ON -- GEAR UP -- V = 1.25 VS1G

ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS OR RESIDUAL ICE ON THE AIRCRAFT (ICING AOA LIT)
NORMAL CONDITIONS AND AIRCRAFT FREE OF ICE (ICING AOA OFF)

Mod : 1112 Eng : PW127


7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

TCAS
This appendix is applicable only when a ATR TCAS solution is installed.
In case of TCAS STC (Supplier Type Certificate) solution installed,
operator must consider STC provider appendix or supplement.
1 -- GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 are applicable.
2 -- LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 are applicable with addition of the following :
1. TCAS operation is approved for use in VFR meteorological conditions
(VMC) and IFR meteorological conditions (IMC).
2. The pilot must not initiate evasive maneuvers using information from the
traffic display only or from a traffic advisory (TCAS) only.
These displays and advisory are intended only for assistance in visually
locating the traffic and lack the resolution necessary for use in evasive
maneuvering.
3. Compliance with TCAS resolution advisory is required unless the pilot
considers it unsafe to do so.
However maneuvers which are in the opposite direction of the resolution
advisory (TCAS) are extremely hazardous and are prohibited unless it is
visually determinated they are the only means to assure safe separation.

CAUTION : Once a non crossing RA has been issued the vertical speed
should be accurately adjusted to comply with the RA, in order
to avoid negating the effectiveness of a co--ordinated
maneuvre by the intruder.

WARNING : Non compliance with a crossing RA by one airplane may result


in reduced vertical separation. Therefore, safe horizontal
separation must also be assured by visual means.
4. Evasive maneuvring should be made with the autopilot disengaged, and
limited to the minimum required to comply with the RA. The pilot must
promptly return to the previous ATC clearance when the TCAS “CLEAR OF
CONFLICT” voice message is announced.
5. Prior to perform RA’s climb or increase climb, the crew should select the
appropriate engine power setting on the power MGT rotary selector and, if
necessary, manually adjust CLs.
6. When a climb or increase climb RA occurs with the airplane in the landing
configuration or in the go--around phase, a normal procedure of go--around
should be followed including the appropriate power increase and
configuration changes.
.. / ..
7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

TCAS (CONT’D)
This appendix is applicable only when a ATR TCAS solution is installed.
In case of TCAS STC (Supplier Type Certificate) solution installed,
operator must consider STC provider appendix or supplement.

7. Because of the limited number of inputs to TCAS for determination of aircraft


performance inhibits, there are instances where inhibiting RA’s would be
appropriate, however it is not possible to do so. In these cases, TCAS may
command maneuvers which may significantly reduce stall margins or result
in stall warning. Conditions where this may occur include operations with a
bank angle (wings level is assumed), weight altitude and temperature
combinations outside those noted below, leaving aircraft in landing
configuration during climb RA on approach, engine out operations, and
abnormal configurations such as landing gear not retracted or stick
pusher/shaker failure.

The table below entitled “Flight envelope in which climb resolution advisory
can be accomplished without stick pusher/shaker activation” outlines the
parameters used in the development of the performance inhibits. This table
does not consider worst turboprop flight conditions especially operations
using minimum operating airspeeds as are sometimes required (e.g.
obstacle clearance, ATC constraints). In all cases, stall warning must be
given precedence over climb RA commands.

NOTE : TCAS is viewed as a supplement to the pilot who, with the aid of the
ATC system, has the primary responsibility for avoiding mid--air
collisions.
WARNING : Priority must be granted to increasing airspeed when reaching
stall warning even when this requires deviation from an RA
command issued by the TCAS.

.. / ..
7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

TCAS (CONT’D)
This appendix is applicable only when a ATR TCAS solution is installed.
In case of TCAS STC (Supplier Type Certificate) solution installed,
operator must consider STC provider appendix or supplement.

FLIGHT ENVELOPE IN WHICH CLIMB RESOLUTION ADVISORY CAN


BE ACHIEVED WITHOUT STICK PUSHER / SHAKER ACTIVATION

FLIGHT WEIGHT AIRSPEED


REGIME ALTITUDE POWER FLAPS GEAR
TEMP INITIAL MIN.

Take off FAR25/JAR25 Take off 15 Up V2 + 20 1.13 Vsr


Climb limit

Approach FAR25/JAR25 Spin up to go


Climb limit around power 15 Up 1.51 Vsr 1.13 Vsr
during maneuver
from power for level
flight

Landing FAR25/JAR25 Spin up to go Transi- Dn


Transitioning Climb limit around power tion to Vapp + 10 1.13 Vsr
to go around during maneuver from Up
at RA from power required 30 to 15
for 30 Glide Slope

Critical Higher of
Wt / Alt giving Power for level Long 1.13 Vsr
En route 1.3 G to Buffet flight Up Up Range if Defined
onset increased to Max Cruise or buffet
Continuous onset

• Temperature range up to ISA + 270

• Altitude range -- En route 0 25 000 ft


-- Take off 0 6 000 ft
-- Approach and landing 0 7 000 ft

* Wings level assumed

.. / ..
7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

TCAS (CONT’D)
This appendix is applicable only when a ATR TCAS solution is installed.
In case of TCAS STC (Supplier Type Certificate) solution installed,
operator must consider STC provider appendix or supplement.

8. Inhibition schemes
8.1 NON ICING CONDITIONS

CONFIGURATION RA CLIMB RA INCREASE CLIMB


FLAPS 0 AUTHORIZED AUTHORIZED
FLAPS 15 TO AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 15 Approach AUTHORIZED AUTHORIZED
FLAPS 30 AUTHORIZED INHIBITED

8.2 ICING CONDITIONS

CONFIGURATION RA CLIMB RA INCREASE CLIMB


FLAPS 0 Z < 20000 ft AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
Z > 20000 ft INHIBITED INHIBITED
FLAPS 15 TO AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 15 Approach AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 30 INHIBITED INHIBITED

NOTE 1 : Pilots are authorized to deviate from their current ATC


clearance to the extent necessary to comply with a TCAS
resolution advisory.
NOTE 2 : Maneuvers based solely on information displayed on the traffic
display are not authorized.

.. / ..
7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 5 001
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA
APPROVED AUG 07

TCAS (CONT’D)
This appendix is applicable only when a ATR TCAS solution is installed.
In case of TCAS STC (Supplier Type Certificate) solution installed,
operator must consider STC provider appendix or supplement.
3 -- NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures in Section 3 are applicable.
4 -- EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 4 are applicable.
5 -- PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
The procedures following failures are applicable with the addition of
the following :

5.1 The TCAS must be turned TA ONLY in the following cases


• Engine out operations
• Stick pusher/shaker failure
• Flight with landing gear down

5.2 The TCAS must be turned STBY in the following cases


• ATC request
• ADC 1 failure
• Errors or differences between independant air data sources.

6 -- PERFORMANCES
The performances in Section 6 are applicable.
7 -- 01.05
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 05 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

STEEP SLOPE APPROACH


(APPROACH SLOPE > 4.5_)

NOT APPLICABLE
7 -- 01.06
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 06 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

CONTAINER TRANSPORT

NOT APPLICABLE
7 -- 01.08
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 08 EASA
APPROVED AUG 07

ETOPS

NOT APPLICABLE
7 -- 01.09
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 110
AFM APPENDIX No 09 EASA
APPROVED AUG 07

OPERATIONS ON NARROW RUNWAYS

1 -- GENERAL
APPLICABILITY
This supplement applies to airplanes operated according to the provisions
of the DGAC ”Condition Spéciale B11” relative to operations on narrow
runways (width < 30 m (98 ft) ).
Compliance with the ”Condition spéciale” noted above does not constitute
approval to conduct narrow runways operations. Such authorization must
be obtained by the operator from the appropriate authorities.
2 -- LIMITATIONS
The limitations of section 2 of this Flight Manual must be completed by the
following :
- Minimum runway width : 14 m (46 ft).
- Maximum crosswind for take off and landing : 25 kt.
- The following equipments are required :
-- both ACW generators
-- both main and DC auxiliary hydraulic pumps
-- MFC modules 1B and 2B
-- Nose wheel steering
NOTE : If PEC is installed, refer to MMEL (ATA 61).
3 -- NORMAL PROCEDURES
The procedures of section 3 of this Flight Manual remain applicable.
In addition, whoever is the PF (CM1 or CM2) :
-- at take--off, CM1 should keep his hand on nose wheel steering until 90 kt ;
-- At landing, CM1 should be ready to use nose wheel steering as soon as
the nose wheel is on the ground.
4 -- EMERGENCY PROCEDURES and PROCEDURES FOLLOWING
FAILURES
The procedures of sections 4 and 5 of this Flight Manual remain applicable.
5 -- PERFORMANCE
Correct the V1 limited by VMCG value (see graph in 6.03) by adding :

Runway width (w) V1 limited by VMCG increase


w > 26 m (85 ft) 0 kt
17.5 m (57 ft) < w ± 26 m (85 ft) 1 kt
14.5 m (48 ft) < w ± 17.5 m (57 ft) 2 kt
14m (46 ft) < w ± 14.5 m (48 ft) 3 kt

Mod : 4406
7 -- 01.10
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 10 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

RUNWAY SLOPE BEYOND 2%

NOT APPLICABLE
7 -- 01.11
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 11 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

POWER PLANT

NOT APPLICABLE
7 -- 01.12
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 12 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

TAKE OFF AFTER USE OF FLUIDS TYPE II OR IV


This appendix applies only to aircraft de/anti iced before take off, using fluids
type II or type IV.

These types of fluids may lead to an increase in control forces necessary to


rotate, and then to a modification of take off performances.

Therefore this Flight Manual must be modified in compliance with one of the
following two methods :

COMPLIANCE METHOD 1
See 7.01.12 page 1A--001

COMPLIANCE METHOD 2
See 7.01.12 page 1B--001

NOTE: Compliance Method 2 requires dedicated crew training


7 -- 01.12
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1A 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 1 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

TAKE OFF AFTER USE OF FLUIDS TYPE II OR IV


COMPLIANCE METHOD 1
1. GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 are applicable.

2. LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 are applicable.

3. NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

4. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

5. PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES


The procedures following failures in Section 5 are applicable.

6. PERFORMANCES
The performances in Section 6 for dry runways and in Section 7.03 for non dry
runways (advisory materials) are applicable with the addition of the following
for take off computations :
Determine VR for the lowest available V2
Assume V1 = VR
Increase TOR, TOD, ASD by 25 %

7. APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS


Data contained in Section 7 are available with the addition of the following :
For the dispatch cases :
Apply take off penalties due to the system failure,
Then apply take off penalties due to the use of fluids type II or IV.

Dispatch is not authorized in the following cases :


Ferry flight with pitch elevators disconnected
Take off with flaps retracted.
7 -- 01.12
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1B 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 12 EASA
APPROVED AUG 07

TAKE OFF AFTER USE OF FLUIDS TYPE II OR IV


COMPLIANCE METHOD 2
CREW TRAINING REQUIRED
1. GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 are applicable.

2. LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 are applicable.

3. NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures in Section 3 are applicable with the addition of the
following :
The Captain must be the pilot flying and the pre--take off briefing must include
the following take off procedure (point 5).

4. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

5. PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES


The procedures following failures in Section 5 are applicable with the addition
of the following :
TAKE OFF SEQUENCE
In case of difficulties to rotate, the Captain should require the non flying pilot
assistance.
In that case, on CPT order, PNF pulls the control column until 5_ pitch attitude
is reached, then PNF releases the controls.

6. PERFORMANCES
The performances in Section 6 for dry runways and in section 7.03 for non dry
runways (advisory materials) are applicable with the addition of the following :
Increase the TOD by 70m.

7. APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS


Data contained in Section 7 are available with the addition of the following :
For the dispatch cases :
Apply take off penalties due to the system failure,
Then apply the take off penalty due to the use of fluids type II or IV.
Dispatch is not authorized in the following cases :
Pitch elevators disconnected, even for ferry flight
Take off with flaps retracted.
7 -- 01.13
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 100
AFM APPENDIX N_ 13 EASA
APPROVED AUG 07

COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM


LIMITATIONS
Cockpit door must be checked closed and locked before taxi.
Perform daily the functional test of the cockpit door locking system :
See this appendix Normal Procedure part.
NORMAL PROCEDURES
Daily Check
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
In the cargo compartment, on the DOOR CALL PANEL
- EMER PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PUSH
- Check OPEN LIGHT flashes
In the cockpit :
- Check buzzer
- Check OPEN LIGHT flashes
H If correct :
In the cockpit :
- TOGGLE SW on COCKPIT DOOR CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . DENY
- Check buzzer stops
- Check OPEN LIGHT extinguishes
In the cargo compartment, on the DOOR CALL PANEL
- Check OPEN LIGHT extinguishes and DENIED LIGHT illuminates
H If correct :
- TOGGLE SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- FUNCTIONAL CHECK OF THE MANUAL LOCK BOLTS
Before Taxi
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Before leaving the aircraft
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

.. / ..

Mod : 5434 or 5465 or 8330 or 8333


7 -- 01.13
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 100
AFM APPENDIX N_ 13 EASA
APPROVED AUG 07

COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM (CONT’D)


EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Electrical Power Lost
- Move the manual lock bolts to CLOSE position
- Note : when the door is locked with the manual bolts, the emergency
access to the cockpit is unavailable. It is recommended that at least
two crew members remain in the cockpit during that time.
Cockpit Door Jammed
D When cockpit exit required
- Remove the inspection seals from the two latches of the door left panel
(facing the door)
- Actuate the two corresponding latches as per placards
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- Disconnect PLUG from the door
- Push and remove corresponding door panel

PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES


Cockpit Door Control Panel FAULT LIGHT illuminates
- Move the manual lock bolts to CLOSE position
- Note : when the door is locked with the manual bolts, the emergency
access to the cockpit is unavailable. It is recommended that at least
two crew members remain in the cockpit during that time.
DC ESS BUS Lost
- Apply Cockpit Door Control Panel FAULT LIGHT illuminates procedure
- Note : Cockpit Door Control Panel FAULT LIGHT is inoperative.

PERFORMANCE NO CHANGE

Mod : 5434 or 8330 Model : 102--202--212


7 -- 01.15
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 15 EASA
APPROVED AUG 07

Aircraft Performance Monitoring -- APM


This Appendix is applicable only for aircraft fitted with mod 5567 or 8442.

LIMITATIONS
Installation of APM does not induce any specific limitations.

NORMAL PROCEDURES
Final Cockpit Preparation
APM WEIGHT ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . SELECT MINIMUM WEIGHT
APM WEIGHT ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . SELECT TAKE OFF WEIGHT
Daily Check
Press the PTT PB and check dedicated lights, master caution illumination
and single chime
In Flight, Climb, Cruise and Descent
APM LIGHTS and CAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
H CRUISE SPEED LOW light illuminated
Appears in cruise only, to inform the crew that an abnormal drag
increase induces a speed decrease of more than 10 kt compared
with the expected speed
ICING CONDITIONS and SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR

.. / ..
7 -- 01.15
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 15 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

Aircraft Performance Monitoring -- APM (CONT’D)


This Appendix is applicable only for aircraft fitted with mod 5567 or 8442.
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES AND PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE

" APM FAULT light illuminated


APM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

" DEGRADED PERF light illuminated with CAUTION and SINGLE CHIME
Mainly appears in level flight after CRUISE SPEED LOW or in climb to inform
the crew that an abnormal drag increase induces a speed decrease or a loss
of rate of climb.
The most probable cause is an abnormal ice accretion :
AIRFRAME DE--ICING ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
IAS > RED BUG + 10 KT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
AP (if engaged) . . . FIRMLY HOLD CONTROL WHEEL and DISENGAGE
H If SEVERE ICING conditions confirmed (unexpected decrease in
speed or rate of climb, visual cues)
or
H If impossibility to maintain IAS > RED BUG + 10 kt in level flight
or
H If abnormal aircraft handling feeling
SEVERE ICING procedure (4--05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
H If not
SCHEDULED FLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTINUE
ICING CONDITIONS and SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR

" INCREASE SPEED light illuminated flashing with CAUTION and


SINGLE CHIME
Appears after DEGRADED PERF to inform the crew that the drag is
abnormally high and IAS is lower than RED BUG + 10 KT.
H If abnormal conditions confirmed
IMMEDIATELY PUSH THE STICK TO INCREASE SPEED
TO RECOVER MINIMUM IAS = RED BUG + 10 KT
SEVERE ICING procedure (4--05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
7 -- 01.16
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 16 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

SSR Mode S Enhanced Surveillance


This Appendix is applicable only for aircraft fitted with
mod 5570 (GNSS) or mod 8431 (KLN90B).

LIMITATIONS
The installed Mode S system satisfies the data requirements of ICAO Doc
7030/4, Regional Supplementary Procedures for SSR Mode S Enhanced
Surveillance in designated European airspace. The capability to transmit data
parameters is shown in column 2:

Parameter Available/Not available

Magnetic Heading Available


Indicated Airspeed
Mach No Available
Vertical Rate Available
Roll Angle Available
True Air Speed Available
True Track Angle Available only on aircraft fitted
wih GNSS or GPS KLN90B
Groundspeed Available only on aircraft fitted
wih GNSS or GPS KLN90B
Selected Altitude Available
Barometric Pressure Setting Available

To be inserted in the flight manual and record sheet amended accordingly


7 -- 01.17
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 17 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

ACARS
Modification 5506 not applied.
7 -- 01.18
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 18 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

HIGH LATITUDES OPERATIONS

CONDITIONS
Anomalous heading errors may occur on aircraft equipped with the Honeywell
AH--600 AHRS during high latitude operations, where the earth’s magnetic lines of
force have inclinations of greater than 75 degrees.

PROCEDURES
--Take special care to keep the slip indicator centered in order to minimize heading
errors.
--Crosscheck AHRS heading information with that of standby compass.
7 -- 01.19
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 19 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DRY UNPAVED RUNWAYS

NOT APPLICABLE
7 -- 02.00
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM INTRODUCTION EASA
APPROVED AUG 07

7 . 02 . 00 -- INTRODUCTION

Following sections cover AFM amendments associated with MMEL dispatch.

No combination of the hereafter considered cases is allowed for dispatch :

01 Dispatch with one ACW generator channel inoperative


02 Dispatch with spoilers control system inoperative
03 Dispatch with flaps retracted
04 Dispatch with one wheel brake deactivated
05 Dispatch with anti skid system inoperative
06 Dispatch with autofeather system inoperative
07 Dispatch with EEC OFF
08 Dispatch with one AFU inoperative
09 Dispatch with one TQ indicator inoperative
10 Dispatch with ATPCS OFF
11 Dispatch with landing gear down
12 Ferry flight with pitch elevators disconnected
7 -- 02.01
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 EASA
APPROVED AUG 07

DISPATCH WITH ONE ACW GENERATOR CHANNEL


INOPERATIVE

- If accelerate stop has to be performed, EMER BRAKING has to be used.


- Check EMER BRAKING effect on ASD
- Check GEAR DOWN effect on 2nd segment climb and approach climb
(valid for all configurations)
- Check GEAR DOWN effect on final take off climb
- Check single engine ceiling by using a weight penalty
- Avoid icing conditions
- Taxi on both engines

... / ...
7 -- 02.01
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE ACW GENERATOR CHANNEL


INOPERATIVE (CONT’D)
EMERGENCY BRAKING
EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE

... / ...
7 -- 02.01
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE ACW GENERATOR CHANNEL


INOPERATIVE (CONT’D)
EFFECT OF GEAR DOWN
ON 2ND SEGMENT CLIMB AND APPROACH CLIMB

... / ...
7 -- 02.01
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE ACW GENERATOR CHANNEL


INOPERATIVE (CONT’D)
EFFECT OF GEAR DOWN ON FINAL TAKE OFF CLIMB AND
WEIGHT PENALTY ON SINGLE ENGINE CEILING COMPUTATION
7 -- 02.02
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 02 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH SPOILERS CONTROL SYSTEM


INOPERATIVE

Increase VMCA by 1 kt
VMCL FLAPS 30 = 106 kt
Maximum crosswind on dry runway : 20 kt
Take off with fuel unbalance must be avoided

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.03
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH FLAPS RETRACTED

- Authorized only if aircraft is not operated into known or forecast icing


conditions.
- Determine for V2=1.2VS1G (Chapter 6--03 FLAPS 15):
- 2nd segment climb requirement
- V1 limited by max brake energy, VR (assume V1=VR), V2 (CAS FLAPS 15)
- TOR, TOD and ASD with V1/VR=1
- V1, VR and V2 IAS FLAPS 0 are obtained by adding 18 kt to the previously
determined CAS values.
- Decrease V1 limited by max brake energy by 5 kt and check V1  V1 limited by
max brake energy
- Check effect on TOR, TOD and ASD (pages 2 to 4)
- Decrease 2nd segment and approach climb limiting weight by 200 kg (440 lb).
- Inhibit config warning by depressing WARNING pb when applying power on
the brakes (Note: CAP light will not extinguish).

- Landing speed : 1.23 VS1G FLAPS 0+ 5 kt


- Landing distance : multiply landing distance FLAPS 30 by 2.2

Pitch trim setting for FLAPS 0 take off :


CG% 14 20 25 30 37

TRIM° 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.4


NOSE UP UP UP UP UP

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.03
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH FLAPS RETRACTED (CONT’D)


TAKE OFF WITH FLAPS RETRACTED
TAKE OFF RUN CORRECTIONS

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.03
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 3 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH FLAPS RETRACTED (CONT’D)


TAKE OFF WITH FLAPS RETRACTED
TAKE OFF DISTANCE CORRECTIONS

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.03
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 4 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH FLAPS RETRACTED (CONT’D)


TAKE OFF WITH FLAPS RETRACTED
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.04
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 04 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE WHEEL BRAKE DEACTIVATED

LIMITATIONS

--Not allowed for operation from/to contaminated runway


PROCEDURES

--No change
PERFORMANCE

TAKE OFF

--Multiply ASD BY 1.1


--Check V1 < 0.8 of V1 MAX BRK ENERGY
LANDING

--Multiply LDG DIST by 1.1 (valid for all configurations)


7 -- 02.05
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 05 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ANTI--SKID SYSTEM INOPERATIVE

LIMITATIONS

-- Not allowed for operation from/to contaminated runway


PROCEDURES

-- No change
PERFORMANCE

TAKE OFF

-- Check ANTI SKID OFF effect on ASD (page 2)


LANDING

-- Multiply LDG DIST by 1.4 (valid for all configurations)

... / ...
7 -- 02.05
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 05 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ANTI--SKID SYSTEM INOPERATIVE (CONT’D)

ANTI--SKID OFF EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)


7 -- 02.06
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 150
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH AUTOFEATHER SYSTEM INOPERATIVE

Uptrim and AFU are considered operative. If not, refer to the connected
procedure.

-- Increase V1 limited by VMCG by 4 kt


-- Increase VR by 2 kt
-- Increase VMCA by 3 kt, check VR, V2
-- Check effect on TOR, TOD, 2nd segment climb (pages 2 to 4)

NOTE: In case of engine failure after V1, do not reduce PL below 45o of PLA
before feathering.

... / ...

Mod : 3973 or 4371 Eng : PW127


7 -- 02.06
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH AUTOFEATHER SYSTEM INOPERATIVE


(CONT’D)
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.06
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 3 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH AUTOFEATHER SYSTEM INOPERATIVE


(CONT’D)
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.06
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 4 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH AUTOFEATHER SYSTEM INOPERATIVE


(CONT’D)
EFFECT ON 2nd SEGMENT

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.07
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE OR BOTH EEC OFF


-- TAXIING:
• Taxi on both engines
• Set affected engine to GI and taxi using non affected engine
-- TAKE OFF:
• Take off must be performed with BLEED VALVES OFF and ATPCS
OFF.
• Increase V1 limited by VMCG by 4 kt.
• Increase VR by 2 kt
• Increase VMCA by 3 kt. Check VR and V2
• Check EEC OFF and ATPCS OFF effect on performances
• If applicable, engine with operative EEC must be set to RTO power by
pushing PL up to the ramp.
• Engine(s) with inoperative EEC must be set to RTO power (¦ 2 %) by
adjusting PL(s)
• Release the brakes when both torques reach 40 %
NOTE: If acceleration stop has to be performed, EMER BRAKE must be
used.
NOTE: In case of engine failure after V1:
-- do not reduce PL below 45o of PLA before feathering
-- readjust RTO power upon reaching acceleration height.
-- CLIMB SEQUENCE:
• Reduce both torques by 10 % average
• PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLIMB
• BLEED VALVE 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
• Set PL 1+2 as to reach ENGINE TQ (automatic bug)
-- FINAL APPROACH
• CL 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . MAX RPM or 100% OVRD (depending on models)
-- LANDING
• If BOTH EEC OFF, Landing Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by 1.5

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.07
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1A 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE OR BOTH EEC OFF (CONT’D)


• In case of atmospheric or ground icing conditions
MAN IGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CAUTION: Set MAN IGN to ON during the flight if the following cases are
encountered :
-- Icing conditions
-- Engine(s) flame out
-- Emer descent
-- Severe turbulence
-- Heavy rain

... / ...

Mod : 4111 (without mod 4295)


7 -- 02.07
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE OR BOTH EEC OFF (CONT’D)


EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.07
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 3 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE OR BOTH EEC OFF (CONT’D)


EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.07
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 4 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE OR BOTH EEC OFF (CONT’D)


EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.07
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 5 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE OR BOTH EEC OFF (CONT’D)


EFFECT ON SECOND SEGMENT WEIGHT

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.08
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 08 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE AFU INOPERATIVE

CAUTION: A maintenance procedure is required.


Refer to MMEL 1--77 page 1 item 001.

Apply dispatch with ATPCS OFF procedure : Supplement 10.


7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
SEP 10
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE


J If only the FDAU bug is inoperative
Consider FDAU bug value on operative side.
R J If TQ needle indication is inoperative:
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Then, refer to Supplement 7.02.08: Dispatch with AFU inoperative.
J If TQ digital counter is inoperative :
J If associated EEC FAULT light is not illuminated : no penalties.
J If associated EEC FAULT light is illuminated, then refer to Supplement
07 : Dispatch with EEC inoperative.
J If both pointer and counter are inoperative on one side :

ATPCS and both EEC must be operative


• Take off
Check effect on performances (pages 2 to 5)
Increase VR by 1 kt
Use minimum fuel flow tables (pages 6 to 11)
CAUTION: Note RTO and MCT min fuel flow to be applied in case of engine
flame out at take off.
EEC 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
BLEED 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PL 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN THE NOTCH
Before 50 kt check and adjust fuel flow if the inoperative side indication is
lower than anticipated by take off min fuel flow table.
Observe ITT limitation.
• Climb / Cruise
BLEED 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Check engine fuel flow on inoperative side and maintain it within ¦ 5 %
band of opposite engine one.

• Go around
PL 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP TO THE RAMP
Check and adjust fuel flow if the inoperative side indication is lower than
anticipated by go around min fuel flow table.
Observe ITT limitation.
... / ...
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE (CONT’D)


EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)

... / ...
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE (CONT’D)


EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)

... / ...
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE (CONT’D)


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

... / ...
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 5 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE (CONT’D)


EFFECT ON SECOND SEGMENT WEIGHT

NOTE :This graph is also valid for Final Take Off, single engine ceiling and
approach climb weights.

... / ...
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 6 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE (CONT’D)


TAKE OFF MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) NP 100% VC=50 KT
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
SAT (C)
--1000. 0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000. 8000. 8500.

-- 40. 502. 497. 494. 490. 487. 485. 483. 481. 481. 481. 481.
-- 30. 509. 505. 501. 498. 494. 492. 490. 488. 488. 488. 488.
-- 20. 516. 512. 508. 504. 501. 498. 497. 495. 494. 494. 494.
-- 16. 519. 515. 510. 507. 504. 501. 499. 498. 497. 497. 497.
-- 14. 520. 516. 512. 508. 505. 503. 501. 499. 498. 498. 498.
-- 12. 521. 517. 513. 509. 507. 504. 502. 500. 499. 499. 495.
-- 10. 523. 518. 514. 511. 508. 505. 503. 502. 500. 500. 491.
-- 8. 524. 520. 516. 512. 509. 506. 504. 503. 502. 496. 486.
-- 6. 525. 521. 517. 513. 510. 508. 505. 504. 503. 492. 482.
-- 4. 526. 522. 518. 514. 512. 509. 507. 505. 504. 488. 479.
-- 2. 528. 523. 519. 516. 513. 510. 508. 507. 504. 484. 475.
0. 529. 525. 521. 517. 514. 511. 509. 508. 500. 480. 471.
2. 530. 526. 522. 518. 515. 513. 510. 509. 496. 476. 467.
4. 531. 527. 523. 519. 516. 514. 512. 510. 491. 472. 463.
6. 532. 528. 524. 521. 517. 515. 513. 507. 487. 468. 459.
8. 533. 529. 525. 522. 519. 516. 514. 502. 483. 464. 455.
10. 534. 530. 527. 523. 520. 517. 515. 498. 479. 460. 451.
12. 535. 531. 528. 524. 521. 518. 514. 494. 475. 457. 448.
14. 536. 533. 529. 525. 522. 520. 509. 489. 470. 452. 443.
16. 537. 534. 530. 526. 523. 521. 503. 484. 465. 447. 439.
18. 538. 535. 531. 527. 524. 517. 498. 479. 460. 442. 434.
20. 540. 536. 532. 529. 525. 510. 491. 472. 454. 437. 428.
22. 541. 537. 533. 530. 524. 504. 485. 466. 449. 431. 423.
24. 542. 538. 534. 531. 517. 498. 479. 460. 443. 426. 417.
26. 542. 539. 535. 530. 510. 491. 472. 454. 437. 420. 412.
28. 543. 540. 536. 523. 504. 485. 466. 448. 431. 414. 406.
30. 544. 541. 536. 516. 497. 478. 460. 443. 426. 409. 401.
32. 545. 542. 529. 510. 491. 472. 454. 437. 420. 404. 396.
34. 546. 542. 522. 503. 484. 466. 448. 431. 414. 398. 390.
36. 547. 535. 515. 496. 477. 459. 442. 425. 408. 393. 385.
38. 548. 527. 508. 489. 470. 453. 435. 419. 403. 387. 379.
40. 540. 520. 501. 482. 464. 446. 429. 413. 397.
42. 532. 512. 493. 475. 457. 440. 423. 407.
44. 524. 505. 486. 468. 451. 434. 417.
46. 517. 498. 479. 461. 444. 427.
48. 509. 490. 472. 454. 437.
50. 501. 483. 465. 448.
52. 494. 475. 458.
54. 486. 468.
55. 482. 464.

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 7 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE (CONT’D)


RESERVE TAKE OFF MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) NP 100% VC=50 KT
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
SAT (C)
--1000. 0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000. 8000. 8500.

-- 40. 542. 538. 536. 534. 532. 531. 532. 532. 533. 534. 534.
-- 30. 550. 547. 544. 542. 540. 539. 539. 539. 540. 541. 542.
-- 20. 558. 554. 551. 549. 547. 548. 546. 546. 547. 548. 548.
-- 16. 560. 557. 554. 552. 550. 549. 549. 549. 550. 551. 551.
-- 14. 562. 559. 556. 553. 552. 550. 550. 550. 551. 552. 553.
-- 12. 563. 560. 557. 555. 553. 552. 551. 552. 553. 553. 549.
-- 10. 565. 561. 558. 556. 555. 553. 553. 553. 554. 555. 544.
-- 8. 566. 563. 560. 557. 556. 555. 554. 554. 555. 550. 539.
-- 6. 567. 564. 561. 559. 557. 556. 555. 556. 557. 545. 534.
-- 4. 569. 566. 563. 560. 559. 557. 557. 557. 558. 540. 530.
-- 2. 570. 567. 564. 561. 560. 559. 558. 558. 557. 536. 525.
0. 571. 568. 565. 563. 561. 560. 559. 560. 552. 530. 520.
2. 573. 570. 567. 564. 563. 561. 561. 561. 547. 525. 515.
4. 574. 571. 568. 566. 564. 563. 562. 562. 542. 520. 510.
6. 576. 572. 569. 567. 565. 564. 563. 558. 536. 515. 505.
8. 577. 573. 571. 568. 566. 565. 564. 553. 531. 510. 500.
10. 578. 575. 572. 569. 568. 567. 566. 547. 526. 506. 496.
12. 579. 576. 573. 571. 569. 568. 564. 542. 521. 501. 491.
14. 581. 577. 574. 572. 570. 569. 558. 536. 515. 495. 486.
16. 582. 578. 576. 573. 571. 570. 551. 530. 510. 490. 480.
18. 583. 580. 577. 575. 572. 566. 545. 524. 503. 484. 474.
20. 584. 581. 578. 576. 574. 558. 537. 516. 496. 477. 467.
22. 586. 582. 579. 577. 572. 550. 529. 509. 489. 470. 461.
24. 587. 583. 580. 578. 564. 542. 522. 502. 482. 464. 454.
26. 588. 584. 582. 577. 556. 535. 514. 494. 475. 457. 448.
28. 589. 586. 583. 569. 548. 527. 507. 487. 468. 450. 441.
30. 590. 587. 583. 561. 540. 520. 500. 481. 462. 444. 436.
32. 592. 588. 575. 553. 533. 513. 493. 474. 456. 438. 430.
34. 593. 589. 567. 546. 525. 506. 486. 468. 450. 432. 424.
36. 594. 581. 559. 538. 518. 498. 479. 461. 443. 426. 418.
38. 594. 572. 551. 531. 511. 491. 473. 455. 437. 420. 412.
40. 586. 564. 543. 523. 503. 484. 466. 448. 431.
42. 577. 556. 535. 515. 496. 477. 459. 441.
44. 568. 547. 527. 507. 488. 470. 452.
46. 560. 539. 519. 500. 481. 463.
48. 551. 530. 511. 492. 473.
50. 542. 522. 503. 484.
52. 533. 513. 494.
54. 524. 505.
55. 520. 501.

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 8 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE (CONT’D)


GO AROUND MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) NP 100% VC=100 KT
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
SAT (C)
--1000. 0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000. 8000. 8500.

-- 40. 542. 538. 534. 531. 529. 528. 527. 526. 528. 529. 529.
-- 30. 550. 546. 542. 539. 537. 535. 534. 535. 535. 535. 536.
-- 20. 558. 554. 550. 547. 545. 542. 542. 541. 542. 542. 543.
-- 16. 560. 557. 553. 550. 548. 545. 544. 544. 545. 545. 545.
-- 14. 562. 558. 555. 551. 549. 547. 546. 545. 546. 546. 547.
-- 12. 563. 560. 556. 552. 550. 548. 547. 547. 547. 548. 544.
-- 10. 565. 561. 557. 554. 552. 550. 548. 548. 549. 549. 539.
-- 8. 566. 562. 559. 555. 553. 551. 550. 549. 550. 546. 535.
-- 6. 568. 564. 560. 557. 555. 553. 551. 551. 551. 541. 530.
-- 4. 569. 565. 562. 558. 556. 554. 552. 552. 552. 536. 525.
-- 2. 570. 567. 563. 560. 557. 555. 553. 553. 553. 531. 520.
0. 572. 568. 564. 561. 558. 557. 555. 555. 548. 526. 516.
2. 573. 569. 566. 563. 560. 558. 556. 556. 543. 521. 511.
4. 574. 570. 567. 564. 561. 559. 558. 557. 538. 516. 506.
6. 576. 572. 568. 565. 562. 561. 559. 554. 532. 511. 501.
8. 577. 573. 570. 567. 564. 562. 560. 549. 527. 507. 496.
10. 578. 574. 571. 568. 565. 563. 562. 544. 523. 502. 492.
12. 580. 576. 572. 569. 566. 564. 561. 539. 518. 497. 488.
14. 581. 577. 574. 571. 568. 566. 555. 534. 513. 492. 483.
16. 582. 578. 575. 572. 569. 567. 549. 528. 507. 487. 477.
18. 583. 579. 576. 573. 570. 565. 543. 522. 501. 481. 472.
20. 585. 581. 577. 574. 571. 557. 535. 515. 495. 475. 466.
22. 586. 582. 578. 576. 571. 550. 528. 508. 488. 469. 460.
24. 587. 583. 580. 577. 564. 542. 521. 501. 482. 463. 453.
26. 588. 584. 581. 578. 556. 534. 514. 494. 475. 456. 447.
28. 589. 586. 582. 570. 548. 527. 507. 487. 468. 450. 441.
30. 590. 587. 583. 562. 541. 520. 500. 481. 462. 444. 435.
32. 592. 588. 576. 554. 533. 513. 493. 474. 456. 438. 430.
34. 593. 589. 568. 547. 526. 506. 487. 468. 450. 432. 424.
36. 594. 582. 560. 539. 519. 499. 480. 461. 444. 426. 418.
38. 595. 574. 552. 532. 511. 492. 473. 455. 437. 420. 412.
40. 587. 566. 544. 524. 504. 485. 466. 448. 431. 414. 406.
42. 579. 557. 537. 516. 497. 478. 459. 442. 425.
44. 570. 549. 528. 509. 489. 471. 453. 435.
46. 561. 541. 520. 501. 482. 463. 446.
48. 553. 532. 512. 493. 474. 456.
50. 544. 524. 504. 485. 467.
52. 535. 515. 496. 477.
54. 526. 507. 488.
55. 522. 502.

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 9 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE (CONT’D)


MAXI CONTINUOUS MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) NP 100% VC = 120. KT
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
TAT
(C)
0. 2000. 4000. 6000. 8000. 10000. 12000. 14000. 16000. 18000. 20000. 22000. 24000. 25000.

--56. 487. 477. 471. 466. 466. 467. 467. 468. 459. 422. 387. 354. 324. 310.
--52. 490. 481. 474. 470. 469. 470. 470. 471. 461. 424. 389. 356. 326. 312.
--48. 493. 484. 477. 472. 471. 472. 473. 473. 455. 418. 384. 352. 322. 308.
--44. 497. 487. 480. 475. 474. 475. 475. 476. 449. 413. 380. 348. 319. 305.
--40. 500. 491. 483. 478. 477. 477. 478. 478. 442. 407. 375. 344. 315. 302.

--36. 503. 494. 486. 481. 479. 480. 480. 473. 436. 401. 370. 340. 311. 298.
--32. 506. 497. 489. 484. 482. 482. 483. 467. 431. 396. 365. 336. 308. 295.
--28. 509. 500. 492. 487. 484. 485. 485. 460. 424. 390. 360. 331. 304. 291.
--24. 511. 503. 494. 490. 487. 487. 488. 452. 417. 384. 354. 326. 299. 286.
--20. 514. 505. 497. 492. 490. 490. 482. 445. 410. 377. 349. 321. 294. 282.

--16. 517. 508. 500. 495. 492. 492. 475. 438. 404. 372. 344. 317. 291. 278.
--12. 519. 511. 503. 498. 494. 494. 468. 432. 398. 367. 339. 312. 287. 275.
--8. 522. 513. 506. 500. 497. 497. 462. 426. 392. 362. 334. 308. 283. 271.
--4. 524. 516. 508. 503. 499. 491. 454. 419. 386. 356. 329. 303. 278. 267.
0. 527. 518. 511. 505. 501. 483. 446. 411. 379. 350. 323. 298. 274. 262.

4. 529. 521. 514. 507. 504. 474. 438. 404. 373. 344. 318. 293. 270. 258.
8. 531. 523. 516. 510. 500. 463. 428. 395. 365. 337. 311. 287. 264. 253.
12. 534. 526. 518. 512. 491. 455. 420. 388. 358. 331. 306. 282. 259.
16. 536. 528. 521. 514. 483. 447. 414. 382. 353. 326. 302.
20. 538. 530. 523. 512. 475. 440. 407. 376. 347. 321.

24. 540. 532. 525. 501. 465. 430. 398. 368. 340.
28. 542. 534. 523. 487. 452. 418. 387. 358.
32. 544. 537. 508. 473. 439. 406. 376.
36. 546. 530. 494. 459. 426. 395.
40. 548. 519. 483. 450. 417.

44. 545. 508. 473. 440.


48. 533. 497. 462.
52. 520. 485.
56. 508.
60.

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 10 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE (CONT’D)


MAXI CONTINUOUS MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) NP 100% VC = 140. KT
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
TAT
(C)
0. 2000. 4000. 6000. 8000. 10000. 12000. 14000. 16000. 18000. 20000. 22000. 24000. 25000.

--56. 485. 475. 468. 462. 461. 462. 461. 458. 454. 417. 388. 362. 336. 324.
--52. 489. 479. 471. 465. 464. 464. 464. 461. 456. 419. 390. 364. 338. 326.
--48. 492. 482. 474. 468. 467. 467. 466. 464. 451. 415. 386. 360. 334. 322.
--44. 495. 486. 478. 471. 469. 470. 469. 467. 446. 410. 382. 355. 330. 317.
--40. 498. 489. 481. 474. 472. 472. 472. 470. 441. 406. 377. 351. 325. 313.

--36. 501. 492. 483. 477. 474. 475. 474. 472. 436. 401. 373. 346. 320. 308.
--32. 504. 495. 486. 480. 477. 477. 477. 468. 431. 397. 369. 342. 316. 304.
--28. 507. 498. 489. 483. 480. 480. 480. 461. 425. 392. 363. 337. 311. 299.
--24. 510. 501. 492. 486. 482. 482. 482. 454. 418. 385. 358. 331. 306. 294.
--20. 513. 504. 495. 489. 485. 485. 484. 447. 412. 380. 352. 325. 300. 288.

--16. 515. 506. 498. 492. 487. 487. 478. 441. 407. 375. 347. 321. 295. 283.
--12. 518. 509. 501. 494. 490. 489. 471. 435. 401. 370. 342. 316. 291. 279.
--8. 520. 512. 504. 497. 492. 492. 465. 429. 396. 365. 337. 311. 286. 274.
--4. 523. 514. 506. 500. 494. 494. 457. 422. 389. 359. 332. 306. 281. 270.
0. 525. 517. 509. 502. 497. 485. 449. 415. 383. 353. 326. 301. 276. 265.

4. 527. 519. 511. 505. 500. 477. 441. 408. 377. 347. 321. 296. 272. 261.
8. 530. 521. 514. 507. 502. 466. 431. 399. 368. 340. 314. 290. 266. 255.
12. 532. 524. 516. 510. 494. 458. 424. 392. 362. 334. 309. 285. 262. 251.
16. 534. 526. 519. 512. 486. 451. 418. 386. 357. 329. 304. 280.
20. 536. 528. 521. 514. 478. 444. 411. 380. 351. 324. 299.

24. 538. 530. 523. 504. 468. 434. 402. 372. 344. 317.
28. 540. 532. 525. 490. 455. 422. 391. 362. 334.
32. 542. 535. 511. 476. 442. 410. 380.
36. 544. 533. 497. 462. 429. 398.
40. 546. 521. 486. 452. 420.

44. 547. 510. 475. 442.


48. 535. 499. 465.
52. 523. 487.
56. 511.
60.

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 11 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE (CONT’D)


MAXI CONTINUOUS MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) NP 100% VC = 160. KT
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
TAT
(C)
0. 2000. 4000. 6000. 8000. 10000. 12000. 14000. 16000. 18000. 20000. 22000. 24000. 25000.

--56. 484. 474. 466. 460. 457. 456. 454. 455. 457. 437. 409. 381. 353. 340.
--52. 487. 478. 469. 463. 460. 459. 457. 458. 459. 440. 411. 383. 355. 342.
--48. 491. 481. 473. 465. 463. 462. 460. 461. 462. 434. 406. 378. 350. 337.
--44. 494. 484. 476. 469. 465. 464. 463. 463. 460. 429. 400. 372. 345. 332.
--40. 497. 487. 479. 472. 468. 467. 466. 466. 454. 423. 394. 367. 340. 327.

--36. 500. 491. 482. 475. 471. 470. 468. 469. 448. 417. 389. 361. 334. 322.
--32. 503. 494. 485. 478. 474. 472. 471. 471. 443. 411. 383. 356. 329. 317.
--28. 506. 496. 488. 481. 477. 475. 474. 470. 436. 405. 377. 350. 323. 311.
--24. 508. 499. 491. 484. 479. 478. 476. 462. 429. 397. 370. 343. 317. 304.
--20. 511. 502. 494. 487. 482. 480. 479. 455. 421. 390. 363. 336. 310. 298.

--16. 514. 505. 497. 490. 484. 483. 481. 449. 415. 384. 357. 330. 305. 293.
--12. 516. 507. 500. 493. 487. 485. 477. 442. 409. 378. 351. 325. 299. 287.
--8. 519. 510. 502. 495. 489. 487. 471. 436. 403. 372. 344. 319. 294. 282.
--4. 521. 513. 505. 498. 492. 490. 463. 428. 396. 365. 338. 313.. 288. 277.
0. 523. 515. 508. 500. 495. 492. 456. 421. 389. 359. 332. 307. 283. 272.

4. 526. 517. 510. 503. 497. 484. 448. 414. 382. 352. 326. 301. 278. 267.
8. 528. 520. 513. 506. 500. 472. 437. 404. 373. 345. 319. 295. 272. 261.
12. 530. 522. 515. 508. 501. 464. 429. 397. 367. 339. 314. 290. 268. 257.
16. 532. 524. 517. 511. 492. 456. 422. 391. 361. 334. 309. 286.
20. 534. 526. 520. 513. 485. 449. 416. 385. 356. 329. 304.

24. 536. 528. 522. 510. 475. 440. 407. 377. 348. 322.
28. 538. 531. 524. 496. 462. 428. 396. 367. 339.
32. 540. 533. 517. 482. 449. 416. 385. 356.
36. 542. 535. 502. 468. 436. 404. 374.
40. 544. 526. 492. 458. 426. 395.

44. 545. 515. 481. 448. 417.


48. 540. 503. 470.
52. 527. 491.
56. 515.
60.

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.10
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 150
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ATPCS OFF

AFU must be checked operative prior to take off.


If not, refer to the connected procedure.

- Select ATPCS OFF and BLEED VALVES OFF


- Increase V1 limited by VMCG by 4 kt
- Increase VR by 2 kt
- Increase VMCA by 3 kt. Check VR and V2
- Check ATPCS inoperative effect on TOR, TOD and 2nd segment
- Apply RTO power by pushing both PLs up to the ramp
- After take off set both PLs into the notches, then apply CLIMB SEQUENCE
- BLEED VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
NOTE : In case of engine failure after V1:
-- do not reduce PL below 45o of PLA before feathering.

... / ...

Mod : 3973 or 4371 Eng : PW127


7 -- 02.10
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ATPCS OFF (CONT’D)


EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.10
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 3 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ATPCS OFF (CONT’D)


EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)

... / ...

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.10
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 4 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ATPCS OFF (CONT’D)


EFFECT ON SECOND SEGMENT WEIGHT (FLAPS 15)

Eng : PW127
7 -- 02.11
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 11 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

FLIGHT WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN

- Flight in icing conditions is prohibited.


- Check GEAR DOWN effect on 2nd segment climb and approach climb.
- Check GEAR DOWN effect on final take--off climb.
- Check weight penalty on single engine ceiling computation.
- During the climb sequence after take off extinguish TO INHI light by pressing
RCL pb.
- Limit maximum speed to 160 kt.

... / ...
7 -- 02.11
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 11 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

FLIGHT WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN (CONT’D)


EFFECT ON SECOND SEGMENT CLIMB
AND APPROACH CLIMB

... / ...
7 -- 02.11
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 11 EASA
AUG 07
APPROVED

FLIGHT WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN (CONT’D)


EFFECT ON FINAL TAKE OFF
WEIGHT PENALTY ON SINGLE ENGINE CEILING COMPUTATION
Valid for all configurations
7 -- 02.12
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 12 EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

FERRY FLIGHT WITH PITCH ELEVATORS DISCONNECTED

- For ONE FLIGHT WITHOUT PAX


- No operation into known or forecast icing conditions
- Check both control columns free
- Check CG is between 25 % and 32 %
- Max take--off weight : 18 t (39600 lb)
- Max crosswind at landing : 15 kt
- Performance computed with V2 = 1.21 VS1G
- Max load factor : 2 g
- Max speed : 180 kt

For approach and landing

- Refer to FCOM 2.02.06 and AFM 5.04


7 –03 Date révision antérieure
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS SEP 98
NON DRY RUNWAYS PAGE : 1 001
AFM DGAC
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 99

7 . 03 . 01 – GENERAL
This information has been prepared by the manufacturer and approved by the
Authority in the form of guidance material, to assist operators in developing
suitable guidance, recommandations or instructions for use by their flight
crews when operating on wet/contaminated runway surface conditions.
Unless otherwise stated, this information does not in any way replace or amend
the operating limitations and performance information listed in other parts of
this approved aeroplane flight manual.

A non dry runway may be :


- wet : well soaked but without significant areas of standing water.
NOTE : a runway is considered well soaked when there is sufficient
moisture on the runway surface to cause it to appear reflective.
R - contaminated, if more than 25 % of the required area are covered by the
contaminant.
A runway may be contaminated by :
R - standing water : depth higher than 3 mm (1/8 in)
- slush or loose snow, equivalent to more than 3 mm (1/8 in) of water
- compacted snow
- ice
7 –03 Date révision antérieure
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
SEP 98
NON DRY RUNWAYS PAGE : 1A 001
AFM DGAC
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED
SEP 99

7 . 03 . 02 – TAKE OFF
R Slush and water have the same impact on aircraft performances.

Loose snow is considered as slush. To determine the equivalent slush depth,


multiply the loose snow depth by the actual loose snow density divided by 0.8.

Five cases have been considered :


- wet
- water 6.3 mm (1/4 in) applicable for depths between 3 and 6.3 mm of
water or less than 6.3 mm of slush or equivalent depth of loose snow
- water 12.7 mm (1/2 in) applicable for depths between 6.3 and 12.7 mm
of water or slush or equivalent depth of loose snow
- compacted snow
- ice
The performance determination philosophy remains the same than in
6.03.02. Refer to 7–03 p.2 for V1 limited by VMCG data.
For each runway condition are provided :
- take off run
- take off distance (between brakes release and 15 ft height with one
engine inoperative).
NOTE :If 35 ft is required at the end of TOD:
–apply TOR, TOD calculated on a dry runway for wet,
compacted snow and ice runways,
–apply TOR, TOD corrections given pages 26A and 26B to
the 15 ft computation, for water covered runways.
- accelerate stop distance. They are basically computed with the use of
R both reversers. Additional pages are provided to supply data in case of
no reverser and are to be used for flight preparation.
Since the effect of asymmetrical reverse thrust is not predictable with a
sufficient accuracy on contaminated runways, it is therefore not
recommended to use single engine reverse thrust for accelerate stop.
- VR (for contaminated runway only – No change for wet runway).
These data are provided for atmospheric non icing conditions. In case of
atmospheric icing conditions, refer to 6.06 to combine both effects (runway
conditions + atmospheric icing conditions).

NOTE 1. : Wind and slope corrections are the same as for dry runways.
NOTE 2. : Operation on a wet or contaminated runway at a weight in
excess of that permitted on an equivalent dry runway is not
allowed.
Date révision antérieure
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS SEP 98
PAGE : 2 001
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC
ADVISORY MATERIALS SEP 99
APPROVED

R V1 LIMITED BY VMCG :

Refer to 6.03 p 2:

V1 limited by VMCG on DRY RUNWAYS


7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 3 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

WET RUNWAY
TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O./R.T.O POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 4 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

WET RUNWAY
TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O./R.T.O POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 5 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

WET RUNWAY
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
Date révision antérieure
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 6 150
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED
SEP 98

WET RUNWAY
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


ACTUAL DISTANCE

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 7 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm (1/4 in)


TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 8 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS SEP 98 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm : (1/4 in)


TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O. POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 9 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm : (1/4 in)


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
R TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03 Date révision antérieure
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
SEP 98
NON DRY RUNWAYS PAGE : 10 150
AFM DGAC
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED
SEP 99

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm : (1/4 in)


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

(METERS)
(METERS)

(FT)
(FT)

4000 4000

14000 3500 3500 14000

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000

8000 2000 2000 8000

6000 1500 1500 6000


ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER

ACTUAL ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE

R
THEORETICAL DISTANCE

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 11 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm (1/4 in)


ROTATION SPEED VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICiNG OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 12 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS SEP 98 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICiNG OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 13 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICiNG OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 14 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
R TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03 Date révision antérieure
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 15 150 SEP 98
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 99

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm : (1/2 in)


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

(METERS)
(METERS)
(FT)

(FT)
4000 4000

14000 3500 3500 14000

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000

8000 2000 2000 8000

6000 1500 1500 6000


ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER

ACTUAL ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE

R
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE

THEORETICAL DISTANCE

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 16 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS SEP 98 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


ROTATION SPEED VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 17 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

COMPACTED SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICiNG OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 18 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

COMPACTED SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICiNG OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 19 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

COMPACTED SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
R TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03 Date révision antérieure
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 20 150 SEP 98
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED
SEP 99

COMPACTED SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

(METERS)

(METERS)

(FT)
(FT)

4000 4000

14000 3500 3500 14000

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000


R

8000 2000 2000 8000

6000 1500 1500 6000


ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER

ACTUAL ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE

THEORETICAL DISTANCE

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 21 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

COMPACTED SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


ROTATION SPEED – VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 22 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 23 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS SEP 98 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 24 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
R TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03 Date révision antérieure
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 25 150 SEP 98
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED
SEP 99

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

(METERS)

(METERS)

(FT)
(FT)

4000 4000

14000 3500 3500 14000

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000

8000 2000 2000 8000

6000 1500 1500 6000


ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER

ACTUAL ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE

THEORETICAL DISTANCE

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 26 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


ROTATION SPEED – VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 26A 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

TAKE OFF RUN CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 or 12.7 mm (1/4 or 1/2 inch)

(METERS)

(METERS)
(FT)

(FT)
3750 3750

14000 14000

3250 3250

12000 12000

2750 2750

10000 10000

2250 2250

8000 8000

1750 1750

6000 6000

1250 1250

4000 4000

35 FEET HEIGHT
15 FEET HEIGHT

750 750

2000 2000

250 250

0 0

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 26B 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

TAKE OFF DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 or 12.7 mm (1/4 or 1/2 inch)

(METERS)

(METERS)

(FT)
(FT)
3750 3750

14000 14000

3250 3250

12000 12000

2750 2750

10000 10000

2250 2250

8000 8000

1750 1750

6000 6000

1250 1250

4000 4000
15 FEET HEIGHT

35 FEET HEIGHT
750 750

2000 2000

250 250

0 0

Eng : PW 127
7 –03 Date de révision
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
NON DRY RUNWAYS PAGE : 27 001
AFM DGAC
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 99
SEP 98

7 . 03 . 03 – LANDING
Three cases of contaminated runways have been considered :

- water : applicable for depths between 3mm (1/ 8 in) and 12.7 mm (1 / 2 in) of
R water, or less than 12.7 mm (1 / 2 in) of slush or equivalent depth of loose
snow.
- compacted snow
- ice
The landing distance is computed with and without the use of reversers.

Since the effect of asymmetrical reverse thrust is not predictable with a sufficient
accuracy on contaminated runways, it is therefore not recommended to use single
engine reverse thrust. The actual landing distances without reversers, only, are to
be used for flight preparation.

The following data are provided for atmospheric non icing conditions.

In case of atmospheric icing conditions, refer to 6.06 to combine both effects


(runway conditions + atmospheric icing conditions).
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 28 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

OPERATION ON WATER COVERED RUNWAY VALID UP TO 1/2 INCH DEPTH

LANDING DISTANCE (FLAPS 30)

THEORETICAL DISTANCE WITH TWO REVERSERS

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


Eng : PW 127
7 –03 Date révision antérieure
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
NON DRY RUNWAYS PAGE : 29 150
AFM DGAC
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED
SEP 98

OPERATION ON WATER COVERED RUNWAY VALID UP TO 1/2 INCH.

LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTIONS

Eng : PW 127
7 –03 Date révision antérieure
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
NON DRY RUNWAYS PAGE : 30 150
AFM DGAC
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED
SEP 98

OPERATION ON WATER COVERED RUNWAY VALID UP TO 1/2 INCH.

LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTIONS

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 31 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

OPERATION ON RUNWAY COVERED WITH COMPACTED SNOW


LANDING DISTANCE (FLAPS 30)

THEORETICAL DISTANCE WITH TWO REVERSERS

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


Eng : PW 127
7 –03 Date révision antérieure
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
NON DRY RUNWAYS PAGE : 32 150
AFM DGAC
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98

OPERATION ON RUNWAY COVERED WITH COMPACTED SNOW


LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTION

Eng : PW 127
7 –03 Date révision antérieure
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
NON DRY RUNWAYS PAGE : 33 150
AFM DGAC
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED
SEP 98

OPERATION ON RUNWAYS COVERED WITH COMPACTED SNOW


LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTIONS

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 34 150 DATE
NON DRY RUNWAYS
AFM DGAC REVISION
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98 ANTERIEURE

OPERATION ON ICY RUNWAY


LANDING DISTANCE ( FLAPS 30)

THEORETICAL DISTANCE WITH TWO REVERSERS

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
NON DRY RUNWAYS PAGE : 35 150
AFM DGAC
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98

OPERATION ON ICY RUNWAY


LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTION

Eng : PW 127
7 –03
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
NON DRY RUNWAYS PAGE : 36 150
AFM DGAC
ADVISORY MATERIALS APPROVED SEP 98

OPERATION ON ICY RUNWAY


LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTIONS

Eng : PW 127

You might also like